|
|
高考英语真题及答案（全国卷I II 1999-2009共17套）
》》高考真题单词使用解析
1999年高考英语试题?附答案
第一卷(共95分)
一、单项填空(共25小题，每小题1分；满分25分)
A)从A、B、C、D中找出其划线部分与所给单词划线部分读音相同的选项。
例：have
A. gave B. save
C. hat D. made
答案是 C。
1. spare
A. fear B. earn
C. pear D. beard
2. navy
A. neighbor B. nationality
C. relative D. valley
3. unit
A. fierce B. nephew
C. juice D. sure
4. gentle
A. organise B. bargain
C. regular D. charge
5. journey
A. merchant B. courtyard
C. energy D. serious
B) 从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案。
例： We ______ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
B. should have studied D. would study
答案是C。
6. —I had a really good weekend at my uncle’s.
—______.
A. Oh, that’s very nice of you B. Congratulations
C. It’s a pleasure D. Oh, I’m glad to hear that
7. —I’m going to the post office.
—______ you’re there, can you get me some stamps?
A. As B. While
C. Because D. If
8. Paper money was in ______ use in China when Marco Polo visited
the country in ______ thirteenth century.
A. the；不填 B. the；the
C. 不填；the D. 不填；不填
9. —Are the new rules working?
—Yes. ______ books are stolen.
A. Few B. More
C. Some D. None
10. —Alice, you feed the bird today, ______?
—But I fed it yesterday.
A. do you B. will you
C. didn’t you D. don’t you
11. ______ you’ve got a chance, you might as well make full use
of it.
A. Now that T: 21p B. After
C. Although D. As soon as
12. ______ him and then try to copy what he does.
A. Mind B. Glance at
C. Stare at D.Watch
13. —I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.
—Is that ______ you had a few days off?
A. why B. when
C. what D. where
14. Robert is said ______ abroad, but I don’t know what country
he studied in.
A. to have studied B. to study
C. to be studying D. to have been studying
15. —Will you stay for lunch?
—Sorry, ______. My brother is coming to see me.
A. I mustn’t B. I can’t
C. I needn’t D. I won’t
16. The price ______, but I doubt whether it will remain so.
A. went down B. will go down
C. has gone down D. was going down
17. Few pleasures can equal _______ of a cool drink on a hot day.
A. some B. any
C. that D. those
18. You should make it a rule to leave things ______ you can find
them again.
A. when B. where
C. then D. there
19. Carol said the work would be done by October, ______ personally
I doubt very much.
A. it B. that
C. when D. which
20. —Do you think the Stars will beat the Bulls?
—Yes. They have better players, so I ______ them to win.
A. hope B. prefer
C. expect D. want
21. The purpose of new technologies is to make life easier, ______
it more difficult.
A. not make B. not to make
C. not making D. do not make
22. We’ll have to finish the job, ______.
A. long it takes howewer B. it takes however long
C. long however it takes D. however long it takes
23. Your performance in the driving test didn’t reach required standard,
______, you failed.
A. in the end B. after all
C. in other words D. at the same time
24. —Hey, look where are you going?
—Oh, I’m terribly sorry. ______.
A. I’m not noticing B. I wasn’t noticing
C. I haven’t noticing D. I don’t noticing
25. When I got back home I saw a message pinned to the door ______
“Sorry to miss you; will call later.”
A. read B. reads
C. to read D. reading
二、完形填空(共25小题，每小题251分；满分25分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从26~50各题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。
People of Burlington are being disturbed by the sound of bells.
Four students from Burlington College of Higher Education are in
the bell tower of the ___26___ have made up their minds to ___27___
the bells nonstop for two weeks as a protest(抗议) against heavy trucks
which run ___28___ through the narrow High Street.
“They not only make it ___29___ to sleep at night, but they are
___30___ damage to our houses and shops of historical ___31___ ,aid
John Norris. one of the protesters. ___32___ we must have these
noisy trucks on the roads, said Jean Lacey, a biology stu-dent.
“Why don’t they build a new road that goes ___33___ the town, Burlington
isn’t much more than a ___34___ village. Its streets were never
___35___ for heavy traffic.”
Harry Fields also studying ___36___ said they wanted to make as
much ___37___ as possible to force the ___38___ to realize what
everybody was having to ___39___. “Most of them don’t ___40___ here
anyway, he said. “They come in for meetings and that, and the Town
Hall is soundproof(隔音). ___41___ they probably don’t ___42___ the
noise all that much. It’s high time they realized ___43___.”
The fourth student, Liza Vernum, said she thought the public were
___44___on their side, and even if they weren’t, they soon would
be.
___45___ asked if they were ___46___that the police might come to
___47___ them.
“Not really,” she said,=Web style="MAR” actually we are ___48___
bell-ringers. I mean we are assistant bell-ringers for the church.
There is no ___49___ against practising.”
I ___50___the church with the sound of the bells ringing in my ears.
26. A. college B. village
C. town D. church
27. A. change B. repair
C. ring D. shake
28. A. now and then B. day and night
C. up and down D. over and over
29. A. terrible B. difficult
C. uncomfortable D. unreasonable
30. A. doing B. raising
C. putting D. producing
31. A. scene B. period
C. interest D. sense
32. A. If B. Although
C. when D. Unless
33. A. to B. through
C. over D. round
34. A. pretty B. quiet
C. large D. modern
35. A. tested B. meant
C. kept D. used
36. A. well B. hard
C. biology D. education
37. A. effort B. time
C. trouble D. noise
38. A. town’s people B. other students
C. government officials D. truck drivers
39. A. stand B. accept
C. know D. share
40. A. shop B. live
C. come D. study
41. A. but B. so
C. or D. for
42. A. notice B. mention
C. fear D. control
43. A. event B. loss
C. action D. problem
44. A. hardly B. unwillingly
C. mostly D. usually
45. A. I B. We
C. She D. They
46. A. surprised B. afraid
C. pleased D. determined
47. A. seize B. fight
C. search D. stop
48. A. proper B. experienced
C. hopeful D. serious
49. A. point B. cause
C. need D. law
50. A. left B. found
C. reached D. passed
三、阅读理解(共25小题。25A节每小题2分B节每小题1分满分45分)
A) 阅读下列短文，从每小题所给的四个选项中选出一个最佳答案。
A
Tom Brennan was working in a Philadelphia office building when he
noticed a black bag. The bag contained a book.
This chance discovery ended a 12-day search by the Library Company
of Philadelphia for a historical treasure—a 120-page diary kept
190 years age by Deborah Logan, “a woman who knew everybody in her
day, James Green, the librarian told the magazine American Libraries.
Most of the diary is a record of big events in Philadelphia. It
also includes a description of British soldiers burning Washington
D. C. in the war of 1812. She describes President James Madison
on horseback as “perfectly shaking with fear” during the troubled
days. George Washington, she writes, mistook her for the wife of
a Frees a descripnch man and praised her excellent English.
The adventure of the lost book began on September 4 when Cory Luxmoore
arrived from England to deliver the diary of his ancestor(祖先) to
the Library Company, which he and his wife considered to be the
best home for the diary.
Green told American libraries he had the diary in his possession
“about five minutes when Luxmoore took it back because he had promised
to show it to one other person. On returning to his hotel after
showing the precious book to Green, Luxmoore was shocked to realize
that he had left it in the taxi.
Without any delay, Green began calling every taxi company in the
city, with no luck, “I’ve felt sick since then,” Luxmoore told reporters.
According to Green, no one has yet learned how the diary came to
the office building.
According Tom Brennan received a reward(奖励) of 1,000. Philadelphia
gained another treasure for its history, and Luxmoore told reporters,
“It’s wonderful news. I’m on high.”
51. This article mainly tells about the story of ______.
A. a lost diary B. Deborah Logan
C. Cory Luxmoore D. the Library Company
52. From the text, we learn that the diary is now owned by ______.
A. Tom Brennan
B. an unknown person
C. a Philadelphia magazine
D. the Library Company of Philadelphia
53. Philadelphia is thought to be the best home for the diary because
______.
A. it was written in Philadelphia
B. it tells stories about Philadelphia
C. people in the city are interested in old things
D. the British and the Americans once fought in Philadelphia
54. Which of the following shows the right order of what happened
to the diary?
a. Tom Brennan found the book in an office building.
b. The book was shown to James Green.
c. Cory Luxmoore arrived from England.
d. The book was left behind in a taxi.
A. a.b.c.d B. c.b.d.a
C. a.c.d.b D. c.a.b.d
55. What did Cory Luxmoore mean when he said “I’m on high”?
A. I’m rich. B. I’m famous.
C. I’m excited. D. I’m lucky.
B
Computer people talk a lot about the need for other people to become
“computer-literate. But not all experts(专家) agree that this is a
good idea.
One pioneer, in particular, who disagrees is David Tebbutt, the
founder of Computertown UK. Although many people see this as a successful
attempt to bring people closer to the computer, David does not see
it that way. He says that Computertown UK was formed for just the
opposite reason, to bring computers to people and make them “people-literate.”
David Tebbutt thinks Computertowns are most successful when tied
to a computer club but he insists there is an important difference
between the two. The clubs are for people who have some computer
knowledge already. This frightens away non-experts, who are happier
going to Computertowns where there are computers for them to experiment
on, with experts to encourage them and answer any questions they
have. They are not told what to do, They find out. The computer
experts have to learn not to tell people about computers, but have
to be able to answer all questions people ask. People don’t have
to learn computer terms(术语), but the experts have to explain in
plain language. The computers are becoming “people-literate.”
56. Which of the following is David Tebbutt’s idea on the relationship
between people and computers?
A. Computer learning should be made easier.
B. There should be more computer clubs for experts.
C. People should work harder to master computer use.
D. Computers should be made cheaper so that people can afford them.
57. We can infer from the text that “computer-lilterate” means ______.
A. being able to afford a computer
B. being able to write computer programs
C. working with the computer and finding out its value
D. understanding the computer and knowing how to use it
58. The underlined word “it in the second paragraph refers to the
idea that Computertowns ______.
A. help to set up more computer clubs
B. bring people to learn to use computers
C. bring more experts to work together
D. help to sell computers to the public
59. David Tebbutt started Computertown UK with the purpose of ______.
A. making better use of computer experts
B. improving computer programs
C. increasing computer sales
D. popularising computers
C
Want to save money when travelling by train? Here are some ways.
Day Returns
This ticket can save you up to 45% on the standard fare(车费). You
have to travel after the rush hour period Mon.—Fri. but can travel
at any time on Sat. or Sun.
Big City Saves
These are special low-priced tickets on certain trains. Yon have
to book in advance—at the latest by 16:00 the day before you travel.
It’s first come, first served.
Weekend Returns
Weekend Returns are available(有售) for most journeys over 60 miles.
Go on Fri. Sat. or Sun., and return the same weekend on Sat. or
Sun., and save up to 35% the standard fare.
Monthly Returns
There are available for most journeys over 65 miles. Go any day
and return within a month. Monthly returns save you up to 25% on
the standard fare.
Family Returns
For ￡20 this railcard allows you to take a second adult(成人) and
up to 4 children for only ￡3 each when you buy single or return
tickets. You can travel as often as you like until the card becomes
out of date.
60. Which is the best ticket to buy if you live in London and want
to go to a small town 80 miles away for four days?
A. Big City Savers B. Monthly Returns
C. Weekend Returns D. Family Returns
61. A man bought himself a ticket of ￡15 and three tickets for his
family with a family railcard. How much did he pay?
A.￡44 B. ￡29
C. ￡24 D.￡15
D
Maybe ten-year-old Elizabeth put it best when she said to her father,
“But, Dad, you can’t be healthy if you’re dead.”
Dad. in a hurry to get home before dark so he could go for a run,
had forgotten to wear his safety belt—a mistake 75% of the US population
make every day. The big question is why.
There have been many myths about safety belts ever since their first
appearance in cars some forty years ago. The following are three
of the most common.
Myth Number One: It’s best to be “thrown clear” of a serious accident.
Truth: Sorry, but any accident serious enough to “throw you clear
is also going to be serious enough to give you a very bad landing.
And chances are you’ll have travelled through a windshield(挡风玻璃)
or door to do it. Studies show that chances of dying after a car
accident are twenty-five times greater in cases where people are
“thrown clear.
Myth Number Two: Safety belts “trap people in cars that are burning
or sinking in water.
Truth: Sorry again, but studies show that people knocked unconscious(昏迷)
due to not wearing safety belts have a greater chance of dying in
these accidents. People wearing safety belts are usually protected
to the point of having a clear head to free themselves from such
dFAMILY: 'Timesangerous situations, not to be trapped in them.
Myth Number Three: Safety belts aren’t needed at speeds of less
than 30 miles per hour.
Truth: When two cars travelling at 30 mph hit each other, an unbelted
driver would meet the windshield with a force equal to diving headfirst
into the ground from a height of 10 meters.
62. Why did Elizabeth say to her father, “But, Dad, you can’t be
healthy if you’re dead?”
A. He was driving at great speed.
B. He was running across the street.
C. He didn’t have his safety belt on.
D. He didn’t take his medicine on time.
63. The reason father was in a hurry to get home was that he ______.
A. wasn’t feeling very well
B. hated to drive in the dark
C. wanted to take some exercise
D. didn’t want to be caught stylby the police
64. According to the text, to be “thrown clear of a serious accident
is very dangerous because you ______.
A. may be knocked down by other cars
B. may get seriously hurt being thrown out of the car
C. may find it impossible to get away from the seat
D. may get caught in the car door
65. Some people prefer to drive without wearing a safety belt because
they believe ______.
A. the belt prevents them from escaping in an accident
B. they will be unable to think clearly in an accident
C. they will be caught when help comes
D. cars catch fire easily
66. What is the advice given in the text?
A. Never drive faster than 30 miles an hour.
B. Tie your belt to save yourself in a car accident.
C. Never forget to wear the safety belt while driving.
D. Drive slowly while you’re not wearing a safety belt.
E
When a group of children politely stop a conversation with you,
saying, “We have to go to work now, you’re left feeling surprised
and certainly uneasy. After all, this is the 1990s and the idea
of children working is just unthinkable. That is, until you are
told that they are all pupils of stage schools, and that the “work
t, “We have to go to work now, you’re left fehey go off to is to
go on the stage in a theatre.
Stage schools often act as agencies(代理机构) to supply children for
stage and television work. More worthy of the name “stage school
are those few places where children attend fulltime, with a training
for the theatre and a general education.
A visit to such schools will leave you in no doubt that the children
enjoy themselves. After all, what lively children wouldn’t settle
for spending only half the day doing ordinary schoolwork, and acting,
singing or dancing their way through the other half of the day?
Then of course there are times for the children to make a name and
make a little money in some big shows. Some stage schools give their
children too much professional work at such a young age. But the
law is very tight on the amount they can do.
Those under 13 are limited to 40 days in the year; those over l3
do 80 days. The schools themselves admit that not all children will
be successful in the profession for which they are being trained,
So what happens to those who don’t make it? While all the leading
schools say they place great importance on children getting good
study results, the facts seem to suggest this is not always the
case.
67. People would stop feeling uneasy when realizing that the children
they’re talking to ______.
A. attend a stage school
B. are going to the theatre
C. have got some work to do
D. love singing and dancing
68. In the writer’s opinion, a good stage school should ______.
A. produce star performers
B. help pupils improve their study skills
C. train pupils in language and performing arts
D. provide a general education and stage training
69. “Professional work as used in the text means ______.
A. ordinary school work
B. money-making performances
C. stage training at school
D. acting, singing or dancing after class
70. Which of the following best describes how the writer feels about
stage schools?
A. He thinks highly of what they have to offer.
B. He favours an early start in the training of performing arts.
C. He feels uncomfortable about children putting on night shows.
D. He doubts the standard of ordinary education they have reached.
B) 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
John: Oh, hi, Fred! ___71___. Why are you so late?
Sled: ___72___. She always keeps us in class until ten past ten.
John: Doesn’t she know that you’re supposed to get out at ten?
Sled: ___73___. But she never looks at her watch. She just keeps
talking.
John: Don’t the students complain(抱怨) about it?___74___.
Sled: No, ___75___.
John: Well, you could try and talk to her.
Fred: Maybe.
A. They don’t think so
B. I didn’t know whether to save you a place or not
C. Everybody is too polite
D. I guess so
E. Mary had a talk with me
F. It’s our maths teacher
G. I would say something
第二卷(共55分)
四、单词拼写(共10小题,每小题1分,共10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。（每空只写一词）
76. Don’t ______(浪费) your money on silly things.
77. The wind turned my______(伞) inside out.
78. I ______(认出) Mike the moment I saw him.
79. Do you know the ______(平均) monthly rainfall in this area?
80. Sleep is ______(必要) to health.
81. This bus can carry 60 ______(乘客).
82. Fifty years ago, Chairman Mao ______(宣告) the founding of the
People’s Republic of China.
83. She looks ______(面熟） to me, but I don’t remember her name.
84. What is the best-known chain fast-food ______(餐馆) in the world?
85. They lived in London until quite ______(最近).
五、短文改错(共10小题，每小题1.5分；满分15分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误，对标有题号的每一行作出判断：
如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况。
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线( / )划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Now I can’t watch much television but a few years ago 86. ______
I was used to watch it every night. I was often 87. ______
a little tired after a day’s work and watch TV 88. ______
demands very little effort. Unfortunate, there are 89. ______
too many people among my family. Some wanted 90. ______
to see the programme while others preferred 91. ______
another. I am happy with any programme but 92. ______
the others spent a lot time arguing and there 93. ______
was no way of settling the matter except by 94. ______
selling the set. Now someone at home reads instead. 95. ______
六、书面表达(满分30分)
假设你是李华，在一所中学读书。最近收到美国朋友Smith先生的来信：他三年前参观过你校。听说现在变化很大，希望了解有关情况。参照下图，给他写一封回信，介绍你校的变化。
1. 回信须包括图画的主要内容，可以适当增减细节，使内容连贯；
2. 词数100左右。
【1999年高考英语参考答案】
1~5 CABDA 6~10 DBCA B
11~15 ADAAB 16~20 CCBDC
21~25 BDCBD 26~30 DCBBA
31~35 CADCB 36~40 CDCAB
41~45 BADCA 46~50 BDADA
51~55 ADBBC 56~60 ADBDB
61~65 CCCBA 66~70 CADCD
71~75 BFDGC
76. waste
77. umbrella
78. recognised / recognized
79. average / mean
80. necessary / essential / indispensable
81. passengers
82. declared / announced
83. familiar
84. restaurants
85. recently / late1y
86. 去掉 much
87. 去掉was
88. watch →watching
89. Unfortunate→Unfortunately
90. among→in
91. the→one
92. am →was
93. lot后加of
94. √
95. someone→everyone / everybody
One possible version:
July 9
Dear Mr Smith,
I was so pleased to hear from you and I am writing to tell you something
about my school.
You are right. Quite a few changes have taken place. On one side
of the road there is a new c1assroom building. On the other side,
where the playground used to be now stands another new building—our
library. In it there are all kinds of books, newspapers and magazines.
The playground is now in front of the schoo1. We have also planted
a lot of trees in and around the school. I hope you come and see
for yourself someday.
Best wishes,
Yours
Li Hua
2000年全国高考英语试题及答案
本试卷第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。第一卷1至13页。第二卷1至4页共150分，考试时间120分钟。
第一卷（三大题，共95分）
注意事项：
1．答第一卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号、考试科目用铅笔涂在答题卡上。
2．每小题选出答案后，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用像橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其它答案标号。不能答在试卷上。
3．考试结束，考生将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
I．单项填空（共25小题，每小题1分；满分25分）
A）从A、B、C、D中找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项。
例：have
A．gave B．save C．hat D．made
答案是C。
1．rush
A．dull B．butcher C．sugar D．push
2．northern
A．strength B．wealth C．thus D．throw
3．silence
A．weigh B．ceiling C．bargain D．height
4．occur
A．ocean B．opposite C．official D．offer
5．pleasure
A．possession B．television C． anxious D．precious
B）从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳答案
例：We ____________last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A．must have studied B．might study
C．should have studied D．would study
答案是C。
6． What about having a drink?
_____________
A．Good idea. B．Help yourself.
C．Go ahead, please D．Me, too.
7．I don't think I'll need any money but I'll bring some _________.
A．at last B． in case
C．once again D．in time
8．_______to take this adventure course will certainly learn a
lot of useful skills.
A．Brave enough students B．Enough brave students
C．Students brave enough D．Students enough brave
9． Waiter!
_____________
I can't eat this, It's too salty.
A．Yes, sir? B．What?
C．All right? D．Pardon?
10．Most animals little connection with ________animals of _________different
kind unless they kill them for food.
A．the; a B．不填; a
C．the; the D．不填; the
11．It's always difficult being in a foreign country, ___________if
you don't speak the language.
A．extremely B．naturally
C．basically D．especially
12．Let Harry play with your toys as well, Clare you must learn
to __________.
A．support B．care
C．spare D．share
13． You've left the light on.
Oh, so J have .________and turn it off.
A．I'll go B．I've gone
C．I go D．I'm going
14．Someone called me up in the middle the night, but they hung
up __________I could answer the phone.
A．as B．since
C．until D．before
15． Are you coming to Jeff's party?
I'm not sure. I ________go to the concert instead.
A．must B．would
C．should D．might
16．If you want to change for a double room you'll have to pay_______$15.
A．another B．other
C．more D．Each
17．Dorothy was always speaking highly of her role in the play,
________,of course, made the others unhappy.
A．who B．which
C．this D．what
18．______production up by 60%, the company has had another excellent
year.
A．As B．For
C．With D．Through
19．I've worked with children before, so I know what ________in
my new job.
A．expect ed B．to expect
C．to be expecting D．expects
20． How are you today?
Oh, I ___________as ill as I do now for a very long time.
A．didn't fell B．wasn't feeling
C．don't fell D．haven't felt
21．The WTO cannot live up to its name ________it does not include
a country that is home to one fifth of mankind.
A．as long as B．while
C．if D．even though
22．The managers discussed the plan that they would like to see
_______the next year.
A．carry out B．carrying out
C．carried out D．to carry out
23． Why don't we take a little break?
Didn't we just have __________?
A．it B．that
C．one D．this
24．It is the ability to do the job _______matters where you come
from or what you are.
A．one B．that
C．what D．it
25． The reporter said that the UFO ________east to west when
be saw it.
A．was travelling B．travelled
C．had been traveling D．was to travel.
II完形填空（共25小题，每小题1分；满分25分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从26～50各题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。
I climbed the stairs slowly, carrying a big suitcase, my father
following with two more. By the time I got to the third floor, I
was 26 and at the same time felling lonely. Worse still, Dad 27
a step and fell, sending my new suitcases 28 down the stairs. "Damn
!"he screamed, his face turning red. I knew 29 was ahead. Whenever
Dad's face turns red, 30 .
How could I ever 31 him to finish unloading the car 32 screaming
at me and making a scene in front of the other girls, girls I would
have to spend the 33 of the year with? Doors were opening and faces
peering out(探出), as Dad walked 34 close behind. I felt it in my
bones that my college life was getting off to a(n) 35 start.
" 36 the room, quickly," I thought. "Get him into
a chair and calmed down." But 37 , would there be a chair in
Room316? Or would it be a(n) 38 room?
39 I turned the key in the lock and 40 the door open, with Dad 41
.complaining(抱怨)about a hurting knee or something. I put my head
in, expecting the 42 . But to my 43 , the room wasn't empty at all!
It had furniture, curtains, a TV, and seven paintings on the walls.
And there on a well-made bad sat A my new 44 , dressed neatly,
Greeting me with a nod, she said in a soft voice, "Hi, you
must be Cori." Then, she 45 the music and looked over at 46
, "And of course, you're Mr. Faber," she said 47 . "Would
you like a glass of iced tea?" Dad's face turned decidedly
48 before he could bring out a "yes."
I knew 49 that Amy and I would be 50 and my first year of college
would be a success.
26．A．helpless B．lazy C．anxious D．tried
27．A．took B．minded C．missed D ．picked
28．A．rolling B．passing C．dropping D．turning
29．A．suffering B．difficulty C．trouble D．danger
30．A．go ahead B．look out C．hold on D．give up
31．A．lead B．help C．encourage D．get
32．A．after B．without C．while D．besides
33．A．best B．beginning C．end D．rest
34．A．with difficulty B．in a hurry C．with firm steps D．in wonder
35．A．fresh B．late C．bad D．unfair
36．A．Search B．Find C．Enter D．Book
37．A．in fact B．by chance C．once more D．then again
38．A．small B．empty C．new D．neat
39．A．Finally B．Meanwhile C．Sooner or later D．At the moment
40．A．knocked B．forced C．pushed D．tried
41．A．yet B．only C．even D．still
42．A．worst B．chair C．best D．tea
43．A．regret B．disappointment C．surprise D．knowledge
44．A．roommate B．classmate C．neighbour D．companion
45．A．turned on B．turned down C．played D．enjoyed
46．A．Dad B．me C．the door D．the floor
47．A．questioning B．wondering C．smiling D．guessing
48．A．red B．less pale C．less red D．pale
49．A．soon B．there C．later D．then
50．A．sisters B．friends C．students D．fellows
III阅读理解（共25小题。A节每小题2分，B节每小题1分；满分45分）
A）阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项中，选出一个最佳答案。
A
New York, 10 November 5：27pm, yesterday. Biggest power failure
in the city's history.
*Thousands of people got stuck in lifts. Martin Saltzman spent
three hours between the 21st and 22nd floors of the Empire State
Building. "There were twelve of us. But no one panicked. We
passed the time telling stories and playing word games. One man
wanted to smoke but we didn't let him. Firemen finally got us out."
* "It was the best night we've ever had.," said Angela
Carraro. who runs an ltalian restaurant on 42nd Street. "We
had lots candles on the tables and the waiters were carrying candles
on their trays. The place was full and all night, in fact, for after
we had closed, we let the people stay on and spend the night here."
* The zoos had their problems like everyone else. Keepers worked
through the right. They used blankets to keep flying squirrels and
small monkeys warm. While zoos had problems keeping warm, supermarkets
had problems keeping cool. "All of our ice cream and frozen
foods melted," said the manger of a store in downtown Manhattan.
"They were worth $50,0000."
* The big electric clock in the lobby(大厅) of the Waldorf-Astoria
Hotel in downtown Manhattan started(滴答) again at 5：25 this morning.
It was almost on time.
51．Throughout the period of darkness, Martin Saltzman and the
eleven others were _________.
A．nervous B．excited C．calm D．frightened
52．In what way was the night of November 9 the best night for
Angela Carraro ?
A．She had a taste of adventure.
B．Burning candles brightened the place.
C．Business was better than usual.
D．Many people stayed the night in her restaurant.
53．How long did the power failure last?
A．Nearly 12 hours. B．More than 12 hours.
C．Nearly 24 hours. D．More than 24 hours.
B
The easy way out isn't always easiest. I learned that lesson when
I decided to treat Doug, my husband of one month, to a special meal.
I glanced through my cookbook and chose a menu which included homemade
break. Knowing the bread would take time, I started on it as soon
as Doug left for work. As I was not experienced in cooking, I thought
if a dozen was good, two dozen would be better, so I doubled everything.
As Dong loved oranges, I also opened a can of orange and poured
it all into the bowl. Soon there was a sticky dough(面团)covered with
ugly yellowish marks. realizing I had been defeated, I put the dough
in the rubbish bin outside so I wouldn't have to face Doug laughing
at my work, I went on preparing the rest of the meal, and, when
Doug got home, we sat down to Cornish chicken with rice. He tried
to enjoy the meal but seemed disturbed. Twice he got up and went
outside, saying he thought he heard a noise. The third time he left,
I went to the windows to see what he was doing. Looking out, I saw
Doug standing about three feet from the rubbish bin, holding the
lid up with a stick and looking into the container. When I came
out of the house, he dropped the stick and explained that there
was something alive in out rubbish bin. Picking up the stick again,
he held the lid up enough for me to see. I felt cold. But I stepped
closer and looked harder. Without doubt it was my work. The hot
sun had caused the dough to double in size and the fermenting yeast
(酵母)made the surface shake and sigh as though it were breathing.
I had to admit what the 'living thing 'was and why it was there.
I don't know who was more embarrassed(尴尬)by the whole thing Doug
or me.
54．The writer's purpose in writing this story is ___________
A．to tell an interesting experience
B．to show the easiest way out of a difficulty
C．to describe the trouble facing a newly married woman
D．to explain the difficulty of learning to cook from books
55．Why did the woman's attempt at making the bread turn out to
be unsuccessful?
A．The canned orange had gone bad.
B．She didn't use the right kind of flour.
C．The cookbook was hard to understand.
D．She did not follow the directions closely.
56．Why did the woman put the dough in the rubbish bin?
A．She didn't see the use of keeping it
B．She meant to joke with her husband.
C．She didn't want her husband to see it .
D．She hoped it would soon dry in the son.
57．What made the dough in the rubbish bin?
A．The rising and falling movement.
B．The strange-looking marks.
C．Its shape.
D．Its size.
58．When Doug went out the third time, the woman looked out of
the window because she was ______________.
A．surprised at his being interested in the bin
B．afraid that he would discover her secret
C．unhappy that he didn't enjoy the meal
D．curious to know what disturbed him
C
Decision-thinking is not unlike it often matters not only what
you think, but also what others think you think what you think they
think you think. The mental process(过程) is similar. Naturally, this
card game has often been of considerable interest to people who
are, by any standards, good thinkers.
The great mathematician John von Neumann was one of the founders
of game theory. In particular, he showed that all games fall into
two classes; there are what he called games of 'perfect information',
games like chess where the players can't hide anything or play tricks;
they don't win by chance, but by means of logic and skills. Then
there are games of 'imperfect information', like poker, in which
it is impossible to know in advance that one course of action is
better than another.
One mistaken idea about business is that it can be treated as
a game of perfect information. Quite the reverse Business, life
itself are games which we must normally play with very imperfect
information. Business decisions are often made with many unknown
and unknowable factors(因素), best poker players. But few business
people find it comfortable to admit that they are taking a chance,
and many still prefer to believe that they are playing chess, not
poker.
59．The subject discussed in this text is _________.
A．the process of reaching decisions
B．the difference between poker and chess.
C．the secret of making good business plans
D．the value of information in winning games
60．An important factor in a game of imperfect information is
___________.
A．rules B．luck C．time D．ideas
61．Which of the following can be used in place of "Quite
the reverse"?
A．Quite right. B．True enough.
C．Most unlikely. D．Just the opposite.
62．In the writer's opinion, when making business decisions one
should ___________ .
A．put perfect information before imperfect information
B．accept the existence of unknown factors
C．regard business as a game of chess
D．mix known and unknown factors
D
Olaf Stapledon wrote a book called First and Last Men. in which
he looked millions of years ahead. He told of different men and
of strange civilisations(文明), broken up by long 'dark ages' in between.
In his view, what is called the present time is no more than a moment
in human history and we are just the First Men. In 2,000 million
years from now there will be the Eighteenth or Last Men.
However, most of our ideas about the future are really very short-sighted.
Perhaps we can see some possibilities for the next fifty years.
But the next hundred ? The next thousand? The next million? That's
much more difficult.
When men and women lived by hunting 50,000 years ago, how could
they even begin to picture modern life? Yet to men of 50,000 years
from now, we may seem as primitive(原始的)in our ideas as the Stone-Age
hunters do to us. Perhaps through the cribe, These words, which
I have just made up, have to stand for things and ideas that we
simply can't think of .
So why bother even to try imagining life far in the future ?
Here are two reasons. First unless we remember how short our own
lives are compared with the whole human history, we are likely to
think our own interests are much more important than they really
are. If we make the earth a poor place to live because. we are careless
or greedy(贪婪) or quarrelsome. our grand-children will not bother
to think of excuses for us.
Second, by trying to escape from present interests and imagine
life far in the future, we may arrive at quite fresh ideas that
we can use ourselves. For example, if we imagine that in the future
men may give up farming, we can think of trying it now. So set you
imagination free when you think about the future .
63．A particular mention made of Stapledon's book in the opening
paragraph ____________
A．serves as a description of human history
B．serves an introduction to the discussion
C．shows a disagreement of views
D． Shows the popularity of the book
64．The text discusses men and women 50,000 years ago and 50,000
years from now in order to show that _________.
A．human history is extremely long
B．life has changed a great deal
C．it is useless to plan for the next 50 years
D．it is difficult to tell what will happen in the future
65．Spundels and ballalators are used in the text to refer to
_________.
A．tools used in farming B．ideas about modern life
C．unknown things in the future D．hunting skills in the Stone
Age
66．According to the writer of the text, imagining the future
will _________.
A．serve the interests of the present and future generations
B．enable us to better understand human history
C．help us to improve farming
D．make life worth living
E
Excused from recycling(回收利用) because you live in a high rise with
a rubbish chute(垃圾道)? You won't be for long. Miami's Mark Shantzis
has made it simple for those living in tall buildings to use the
chute and recycle too .
In Shantzis' Hi-Rise Recycling System, a chute leads to a pie-shaped
container with six boxes that can turn around when operated. The
system, which fits in the same space as the chute and container
now in use, enables glass, plastic, paper, metal, and other rubbish
to go into separate boxes.
The system is controlled from a board next to the chute door.
The board has a button for each class of recycling materials (as
well as for unrecyclables). At the press of a button, a microcomputer
locks all other floors' chute door and sets the recycling container
turning until the right box comes under the chute. The computer
also counts the loads and gives a signal by phone when the box is
full. And a particular piece of equipment breaks up the nonrecyclables
Sorting(分类) recyclables before they are collected saves the use
of expensive materials recovery equipment which otherwise has to
do the sorting. Such equipment often makes recycled materials very
expensive, so expensive that tons of recyclables remain wasted.
Shantzis believes his system could help recycled materials become
more cost-effective.
67．The purpose in writing this text is _________.
A．to encourage people to recycle their rubbish
B．to introduce a recycling system for high rises
C．to describe the use of computer technology in recycling
D．to explain the need for rubbish collection in high rises
68．When he says "You won't be for long" the writer
means that _______.
A．you'll soon be living in a cleaner building
B．rubbish chutes will become out of date before long
C．you won't wait long for your turn to recycle rubbish
D．it won't be long before you'll have to recycle your rubbish
69．Before dropping rubbish into the chute you have to ___________
A．lock the other floors' chute doors
B．check if the container is full
C．press the correct button
D．break up the rubbish
70．The biggest advantage of this new system is that _________
A．it readuces the cost of recycling
B．it saves time and space
C．it saves money for people living in high rises
D．it makes better use of the existing recovery equipment
B）根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，选项中有两项为多余选项。
Mrs Brown : What a tiring evening!
Mr Brown : Oh, it's good to sit down after all that standing.
Mrs Brown : 71
Mr Brown : I don't think I've ever felt so tired in my life 72
Mrs Brown : And the heat. 73
Mr Brown : We shouldn't have accepted the invitation in the first
place
Mrs Brown : 74 We've only been to a party.
Mr Brown : You're right. We must be getting old.
Mrs Brown : Come on. 75 We'd feel better.
A．I'm not that tired
B．Let's have some coffee.
C．What 's more, I didn't sleep well last night.
D．But we shouldn't have felt so tried.
E．A good night's sleep will put you right again .
F．I could just sir here for ever and ever, and never get up .
G．All that silly talk, and the drink and the cigarette smoke
2000年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试——英语
National Matriculation English Test (NMET 2000)
第二卷（共55分）
注意事项：
1．第二卷共4页，用刚笔或圆珠笔直接答在试卷纸上。
2．答卷前将密封线内的项目填写清楚
IV．单词拼写（共10小题，每小题1分；满分10）
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上，写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。（每空只写一词）
76．That flying school graduates a hundred ______ (飞行员)every year.
76．______
77．Tom is _____________（在楼上）. Go and find him yourself. 77.___________
78．This plant is found in the ___________ （南部）parts of the country
78__________．
79．I must ____（道歉）for not having been able to write to you sooner.
79．_____
80．Two hundred _____（被盗的） bicycles were returned to their owners
last month.
80．____
81.When I got home after the holiday there were a lot of ______（留言）in
my phone.
81.______
82._____ speaking （一般来说）, parents care more about their children's
health than about their own.
82.________
83.I can't tell one from the other because they are only ________（细微）different.
83.__________
84.There has been a 50% growth in the _________（市场）for personal
computers.
84.______
85.Thank you for ___________（提供）to help, but I can manage it
myself.
85．_____
V．改错题（共10小题，每小题1.5分；满分15分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断；如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该回的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改
They day before the speech contest（比赛） English teacher 86.________________
talked to me. She said that she and my schoolmate all 87._______________
wished me success, but it didn't matter that I would 88._________________
win or not. When I was on the stage the next day, I felt so 89.___________
nervous as I shook like a leaf. There were so many people 90.____________
present! Suddenly, I caught a sight of my English teacher in
91.____________
the crowd. She was smiling but nodding at me. I remembered 92.___________
her words and calm down. I did a good job and won the first 93.________
prize. Now my picture and the prize is hanging in the library.
94.________
Whenever I see them I will often think of my English teacher.
95.________
VI书面表达（满10分）
假设你是李华，在美国探亲。2000年2月8日清晨，你的目击一起交通事故。警察局让你写一份材料，报告当时所见情况。根据下列图画写出报告。
注意：1. 目击者应该准确报告事实；
2. 词数100左右；
3. 结尾已为你写好。
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
About two minutes later I stopped a passing car and took the old
man to the nearest hospital.
Li Hua
参考答案
选择题答案
Ⅰ，Ⅱ，Ⅲ（Key to 1-75）
1.A 2.C 3.D 4.C 5.B 6.A 7.B
8.C 9.A 10.B 11.D 12.D 13.A 14.D
15.D 16.A 17.B 18.C 19.B 20.D 21.C
22.C 23.C 24.B 25.A 26.D 27.C 28.A
29.C 30.B 31.D 32.B 33.D 34.A 35.C
36.B 37.D 38.B 39.A 40.C 41.D 42.A
43.C 44.A 45.B 46.A 47.C 48.C 49.D
50.B 51.C 52.C 53.A 54.A 55.D 56.C
57.A 58.D 59.A 60.B 61.D 62.B 63.B
64.D 65.C 66.A 67.B 68.D 69.C 70.A
71.F 72.G 73.C 74.D 75.B
Ⅳ.
76.pilots/fliers
77.upstairs
78.southern (south不可接受)
79.apologize/apologise
80.stolen
81.messages(letters,notes,message不可接受)
82.Generally(generally不可接受)
83.slightly (little不可接受)
84.market
85.offering (providing, supplying不可接受)
Ⅴ.
The day before the speech contest (比赛) ^ English teacher 86.
my
talked to me. She said that she and my schoolmate all 87. schoolmates
wished me success, but it didn't matter that I would 88. whether
win or not. When I was on the stage the next day, I felt so 89.
√
nervous as I shook like a leaf. There were so many people 90.
that
present! Suddenly, I caught a sight of my English teacher in
91. a
the crowd. She was smiling but nodding at me. I remembered 92.
and
her words and calm down. I did a good job and won the first 93.
calmed
prize. Now my picture and the prize is hanging in the library.
94. are
Whenever I see them I will often think of my English teacher.
95. often
Ⅵ.
一、 评分原则：
1.本题总分为30分，其中内容和语言占29分，词数占1分。按7个档次给分。
2.评分时，先根据文章的内容和语言初步确定其所属档次，然后以该档次的要求来衡量，确定或调整档次，最后给分。词数在90～110之间的，加1分。
二、 内容要点：
1． 时间：2000年2月8日早晨7点15分；
2． 地点：公园路公园门前；
3． 我正沿公园路向东走；
4． 一辆汽车从第3街向右拐，驶入公园路时撞倒了一位过街的老人；
5． 汽车未停，沿公园路向西开走；
6． 汽车是黄色的，车牌号是AC864，司机是一位女性。
三、各档次的给分范围和要求：
第七档：（25—29分）能写明全部或绝大部分要点；语言基本无误，行文连贯，表达清楚。
第六档：（20—24分）能写明全部或绝大部分要点；语言有少量错误；行文基本连贯，表达基本清楚。
第五档：（16—19分）能写明大部分要点；语言有一些错误；行文不够连贯。
第四档：（12—15分）能写明基本要点；语言虽有较多错误，尚能达意。
第三档：（8—11分）能写出部分要点；语言错误多，影响意思表达。
第二档：（4—7分）只能写出一、两个要点；语言错误很多，只有个别句子可懂。
第一档：（0—3分）只能写出与所要求内容有关的一些单词。
四、 说明：
1． 内容要点可用不同方式表达。
2． 对紧扣主题的适当发挥不予扣分。
五、 One possible version:
It was 7:15 on the morning of February 8,2000. It was walking
along Park Road towards the east when an elderly man came out of
the park on the other side of the street. Then I saw a yellow car
drive up Third Street and make a right turn into Park Road. The
next moment the car hit the man while he was crossing the road.
He fell with a cry. The car didn't stop but drove off at great speed
heading west. I noticed the driver was a young woman and the plate
number was AC864. About two minutes later I stopped a passing car
and took the old man to the nearest hospital.
Li Hua
2001年高考英语试题?附答案
第一卷(共115分)
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。10
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ￡19.15. B. ￡9.15. C.￡9.18.
答案为B。
1. Where did this conversation most probably take place?
A. At a concert.
B. At a flower shop.
C. At a restaurant.
2. What did Paul do this morning?
A. He had a history lesson.
B. He had a chemistry lesson.
C. He attended a meeting.
3. What can we learn about the man from the conversation?
A. He's anxious to see his sister.
B. He wrote to his sister last month.
C. He's expecting a letter from his sister.
4. At what time does the train to Leeds leave?
A. 3:00.
B. 3:15.
C. 5:00.
5. What is the man's problem?
A. She can't decide how to go.
B. He can't drive himself.
C. He doesn't like travelling by train.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6. What is Sally doing?
A. Reading a letter. B. Washing clothes. C. Making a phone call.
7. Why does Tom ask Sally and John to call him?
A. He wants to meet them at the station.
B. He wants to invite them to dinner.
C. He wants them to visit his family.
8. What is Tom's telephone number?
A. 680- 6840.
B. 780- 6842.
C. 780-7842.
听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9. Why did Bob call Nancy?
A. To ask if she's got the tickets.
B. To invite her out for an evening.
C. To offer his help with her new flat.
10. What will Nancy be doing next Saturday afternoon?
A. Watching a tennis match. B. Cleaning up the new flat.
C. Visiting a friend with Margaret.
11. What has Nancy agreed to do with Bob next Saturday?
A. To see a play.
B. To attend a concert.
C. To buy concert tickets.
听第8段材料，回答第12至14题。
12. Who are the speakers?
A. A passer-by and a policeman.
B. A passer-by and a driver.
C. A passenger and a taxi-driver.
13. What is the woman's house number?
A. 1323.
B. 3023.
C. 4023.
14. Why can't the man turn left?
A. It is rush hour.
B. It is a one-way street.
C. The street is too narrow.
听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15. What did the man ask the woman to do?
A. To book a hotel room for him.
B. To meet an old friend of hers.
C. To pass a message to Mary.
16. What is the relationship between the two speakers?
A. Neighbors.
B. Father and daughter.
C. Husband and wife.
17. What is Mary probably doing?
A. Staying at a hotel.
B. Talking on the phone.
C. Chatting with her husband.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
18. Who is the speaker?
A. A student.
B. A teacher.
C. An officer clerk.
19. Why did the speaker get a parking ticket?
A. His car was parked for too long.
B. His car took up too much space.
C. He left his car in a wrong place.
20. Which of the following words best describes the day the speakers
had?
A. Exciting.
B. Unlucky.
C. Tring.
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分45)
第一节 单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child ______ he or
she wants.
A. however B. whatever
C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
21. -Good morning, Grand Hotel.
-Hello, I'd like to book a room for the nights of the 18th and 19th.
______
A. What can I do for you? B. Just a minute, please.
C. What's the matter? C. At your service.
22. The film brought the hours back to me ______ I was taken good
care of in that far-away village.
A. until B. that
C. when D. where
23. As we joined the big crowd I got ______ from my friends.
A. separated B. spared
C. lost D. missed
24. Selecting a mobile phone for personal use is no easy task because
technology ______ so rapidly.
A. is changing B. has changed
C. will have changed D. will change
25. The Parkers bought a new house but ______ will need a lot of
work before they can move in.
A. they B. it
C. one D. which
26. We didn't plan our art exhibition like that but it ______ very
well.
A. worked out B. tried out
C. went on D. carried on
27. The home improvements have taken what little there is ______
my spare time.
A. from B. in
C. of D. at
28. It is generally believed that teaching is ______ it is a science.
A. an art much as B. much an art as
C. as an art much as D. as much an art as
29. The warmth of ______ sweater will of course be determined by
the sort of ______ wool used.
A. the; the B. the; /
C. /; the D. /; /
30. I ______ ping-pong quite well, but I haven't had time to play
since the new year.
A. will play B. have played
C. played D. play
31. A computer can only do ______ you have instructed it to do.
A. how B. after
C. what D. when
32. Visitors ______ not to touch the exhibits.
A. will request B. request
C. are requesting D. are requested
33. I was really anxious about you. You ______ home without a word.
A. mustn't leave B. shouldn't have left
C. couldn't have left D. needn't leave
34. ______ is known to everybody, the moon travels round the earth
once every month.
A. It B. As
C. That D. What
35. ______ such heavy pollution already, it may now be too late
to clean up the river.
A. Having suffered B. Suffering
C. To suffer D. Suffered
第二节 完形填空(共(20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡将该项涂黑。
He has been called the "missing link". Half-man, half-beast.
He is supposed to live in the highest mountain in the world-Mount
Everest.
He is known as the Abominable Snowman. The ___36___ of Snowman has
been around for___37___. Climbers in the 1920s reported finding
marks like those of human feet high up on the side of Mount Everest.
The native people said they ___38___ this creature and called it
the "Yeti", and they said that they had ___39___ caught
Yetis on two occasions ___40___ none has ever been produced as evidence(id
that they had ___39___ caught 证据).
Over the years, the story of the Yetis has ___41___. In 1951, Eric
Shipton took photographs of a set of tracks in the snow of Everest.
Shipton believed that they were not ___42___ the tracks of a monkey
or bear and ___43___that the Abominable Snowman might really ___44___.
Further efforts have been made to find out about Yetis. But the
only things people have ever found were ___45___ footprints. Most
believe the footprints are nothing more than ___46___ animal tracks,
which had been made ___47___ as they melted(融化) and refroze in the
snow. ___48___, in 1964, a Russian scientist said that the Abominable
Snowman was ___49___ and was a remaining link with the prehistoric
humans. But, ___50____, no evidence has ever ___51___been produced.
These days, only a few people continue to take the story of Abominable
Snowman ___52_ndent-co__, But if they ever ___53___catching one,
they may face a real ___54___: Would they put it in a ___55___ or
give it a room in a hotel?
36. A. event B. story
C. adventure D. description
37. A. centuries B. too long
C. some time D. many years
38. A. heard from B. cared for
C. knew of D. read about
39. A. even B. hardly
C. certainly D. probably
40. A. as B. though
C. when D. until
41. A. developed B. changed
C. occurred D. continued
42. A. entirely B. naturally
C. clearly D. simply
43. A. found B. declared
C. felt D. doubted
44. A. exist B. escape
C. disappear D. return
45. A. clearer B. more
C. possible D. rare
46. A. huge B. recent
C. ordinary D. frightening
47. A. strange B. large
C. deep D. rough
48. A. In the end B. Therefore
C. After all D. However
49. A. imagined B. real
C. special D. familiar
50. A. so B. besides
C. again D. instead
51. A. rightly B. actually
C. normally D. particularly
52. A. lightly B. jokingly
C. seriously D. properly
53. A. succeed in B. insist on
C. depend on D. join in
54. A. decision B. situation
C. subject D. problem
55. A. zoo B. mountain
C. museum D. laboratory
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题202分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Shanghai: Car rentals(出租) are becoming more and more popular as
an inexpensive way of taking to the roads. Business people, foreigners
and families alike are making good use of the growing industry.
The first car rental firm opened in Shanghai in 1992 and now 12
car rental players are in the game, with more than 11,500 cars in
their books.
The largest player-Shanghai Bashi Tourism Car Rental Center offers
a wide variety of choice-deluxe sedans, minivans, station wagons,
coaches. Santana sedans are the big favorite.
Firms can attract enough customers for 70 percent of their cars
every month. This figure shoots up during holiday seasons like National
Day, Labor Day and New Year's Day, with some recording 100 percent
rental.
The major market force rests in the growing population of white-collar
employees(白领雇员), who can afford the new service, said Zhuang Yu,
marketing manager of Shanghai Angel Car Rental Co.
56. The words "deluxe sedans, "minivans and "station
wagons used in the text refer to_________.
A. cars in the making B. car rental firms
C. cars for rent D. car makers
57. Which of the following statements is true according to the text?
A. 70% of the cars can be rented out on holiday.
B. 70% of the customers are white-collar employees.
C. More firms are open for service during holiday seasons.
D. Some firms rent out all their cars during holiday seasons.
58. Shanghai's car rental industry is growing so fast mainly due
to _________.
A. better cars supplied by producers
B. fast service offered by car rental firms
C. the increasing number of white-collar employees
D. people's growing interest in travelling during holidays
B
Holiday makers who are bored with baking beaches and overheated
hotel rooms head for a big igloo. Swedish businessman Nile Bergqvist
is delighted with his new hotel, the world's first igloo hotel.
Built in a small town in Lapland, it has been attracting lots of
visitors, but soon the fun will be over.
In two weeks' time Bergqvist's ice creation(作品) will be nothing
more than a pool of water. "We don't see it as a big problem,"
he says. "We just look forward to replacing it."
Bergqvist built his first igloo in 1991 for an art exhibition. It
was so successful that he designed the present one, which measures
roughly 200 square meters. Six workmen spent more than eight weeks
piling 1,000 tons of snow onto a wooden base; when the snow froze,
the base was removed. "The only wooden thing we have left in
the igloo is the front door, he says.
After their stay, all visitors receive a survival certificate recording
their success. With no windows, nowhere to hang clothes and temperatures
below 0℃, it may seem more like a survival test than a relaxing(轻松的)
hotel break. "It's great fun," Bergqvist explains, "as
well as a good start in survival training."
The popularity of the igloo is beyond doubt: it is now attracting
tourists from all over the world. At least 800 people have stayed
at the igloo this season even though there are only 10 rooms. "You
can get a lot of people in," explains Bergqvist. "The
beds are three meters wide by two meters long, and can fit at least
four at one time."
59. Bergqvist designed and built the world's first igloo hotel because
_________.
A. he believed people would enjoy trying something new
B. he wanted to make a name for the small town
C. an art exhibition was about to open
D. more hotel rooms were needed
60. When the writer says "the fun will be over, he refers to
the fact that _________.
A. hotel guests will be frightened at the thought of the hard test
B. Bergqvist's hotel will soon become a pool of water
C. holidaymakers will soon get tired of the big igloo
D. a bigger igloo will replace the present one
61. According to the text, the first thing to do in building an
igloo is _________.
A. to gather a pool of water
B. to prepare a wooden base
C. to cover the ground with ice
D. to pile a large amount of snow
62. When guests leave the igloo hotel they will receive a paper
stating that _________.
A. they have visited Lapland
B. they have had an ice-snow holiday
C. they have had great fun sleeping on ice
D. they have had a taste of adventure
63. Which of the four pictures below is the closest to the igloo
hotel as described in the text?
C
Many cities around the world today are heavily polluted. Careless
methods of production and lack of consumer demand for environment(环境)
friendly products have cont: 12.0pt; mso-hansi-font-family: 'Times
New Rributed to the pollution problem. One result is that millions
of tons of glass, paper, plastic, and metal containers are produced,
and these are difficult to get rid of.
However, today, more and more consumers are choosing "green
and demanding that the products they buy should be safe for the
environment. Before they buy a product, they ask questions like
these "Will this shampoo damage the environment? "Can
this metal container be reused or can it only be used once?"
A recent study showed that two out of five adults now consider the
environmental safety of a product before they buy it. This means
that companies must now change the way they make and sell their
products to make sure that they are "green, that is, friendly
to the environment.
Only a few years ago, it was impossible to find green products in
supermarkets, but now there are hundreds. Some supermarket products
carry labels(标签) to show that the product is green. Some companies
have made the manufacturing(生产) of clean and safe products their
main selling point and emphasize it in their advertising.
The concern for a safer and cleaner environment is making companies
rethink how they do business. No longer will the public accept the
old attitude of "Buy it, use it, throw it away, and forget
it. The public pressure is on, and gradually business is cleaning
up its act.
64. It becomes clear from the text that the driving force(动力) behind
green products is ________.
A. public caring for environment
B. companies' desire for bigger sales
C. new ways of doing business
D. rapid growth of supermarkets
65. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Business and People.
B. Business Goes Green.
C. Shopping Habits are Changing.
D. Supermarkets and Green Products.
66. The underlined word "it" in the fourth paragraph refers
to ________.
A. a selling point
B. the company name
C. a great demand for health
D. the manufacturing of green products
D
If you ask people to name the one person who had the greatest effect
on the English language, you will get answers like "Shakespeare,"
"Samuel Johnson," and "Webster", but none of
these men had any effect at all compared to a man who didn't even
speak English-William the Conqueror.
Before 1066, in the land we now call Great Britain lived peoples
belonging to two major language groups. In the west-central region
lived the Welsh, who spoke a Celtic language, and in the north lived
the Scots, whose language, though not the same as Welsh, was also
Celtic. In the rest of the country lived the Saxons, actually a
mixture of Anglos, Saxons, and other Germanic and Nordic peoples,
who spokwho spoke a e what we now call Anglo-Saxon(or Old English),
a Germanic language. If this state of affairs had based, English
today would be close to German.
But this state of affairs did not last. In 1066 the Normans led
by William defeated the Saxons and began their rule over England.
For about a century, French became the official language of English
while Old English became the language of peasants. As a result,
English words of politics and the law come from French rather than
German. In some cases, modern English even shows a distinction(区别)
between upper-class French and lower-class Anglo-Saxon in its words.
We even have different words for some foods, meat in particular,
depending on whether it is still out in the fields or at home ready
to be cooked, which shows the fact that the Saxon peasants were
doing the farming, while the upper-class Normans were doing most
of the eating.
When Americans visit Europe for the first time, they usually find
Germany more "foreign than France because the German they see
on signs and advertisements seems much more different from English
than French does. Few realize that the English language is actually
Germanic in its beginning and that the French influences are all
the result of one an Frman's ambition.
67. The two major languages spoken in what is now called Great Britain
before 1066 were ________.
A. Welsh and Scottish
B. Nordic and Germanic
C. Celtic and Old English
D. Anglo-Saxon and Germanic
68. Which of the following groups of words are, by inference, rooted
in French?
A. president, lawyer, beef
B. president, bread, water
C. bread, field, sheep
D. folk, field, cow
69. Why does France appear less foreign than Germany to Americans
on their first visit to Europe?
A. Most advertisements in France appear in English.
B. They know little of the history of the English language.
C. Many French words are similar to English ones.
D. They know French better than German.
70. What is the subject discussed in the text?
A. The history of Great Britain.
B. The similarity between English and French.
C. The rule of England by William the Conqueror.
D. The French influences on the English language.
E
Betty and Harold have been married for years. But one thing still
puzzles old Harold. How is it that he can leave Betty and her friend
Joan sitting on the sofa, talking, go out to a ballgame, come back
three and half a hours later, and they're still sitting on the sofa?
Talking?
What in the world, Harold wonders, do they have to talk about?
Betty shrugs. Talk? We're friends.
Researching this matter called friendship, psychologist Lillian
Rubin spent two years interviewing more than two hundred women and
men. No matter what their age, their job, their sex, the results
were completely clear: women have more friendships than men, and
the difference in the content and the quality of those friendships
is "marked and unmistakable."
More than two-thirds of the single men Rubin interviewed could not
name a best friend. Those who could were likely to name a woman.
Yet three-quarters of the single women had no problem naming a best
friend, and almost always it was a woman. More married men than
women named their wife / husband as a best friend, most trusted
person, or the one they would turn to in time of emotional distress(感情危机).
"Most women, says Rubin, "identified(认定) at least one,
usually more, trusted friends to whom they could turn to in a troubled
moment, and they spoke openly about the importance of these relationships
in their lives."
"In general, writes Rubin in her new book, "women's friendships
with each other rest on shared emotions and support, but men's relationships
are marked by shared activities. For the most part, Rubin says,
interactions(交往) between men are emotionally controlled--a good
fit with the social requirements of "manly behavior.
"Even when a man is said to be a best friend," Rubin writes,
"the two share little about their innermost feelings. Whereas
mso-char-indent-size: 10.a woman's closest female friend might be
the first to tell her to leave a failing marriage, it wasn't unusual
to hear a man say he didn't know his friend's marriage was in serious
trouble until he appeared one night asking if he could sleep on
the sofa."
71. What old Harold cannot understand or explain is the fact that
________.
A. he is treated as an outsider rather than a husband
B. women have so much to share
C. women show little interest in ballgames
D. he finds his wife difficult to talk to
72. Rubin's study shows that for emotional support a married woman
is more likely to turn to ________.
A. a male friend B. a female friend
C. her parents D. her husband
73. According to the text, which type of behavior is NOT expected
of a man by society?
A. Ending his marriage without good reason.
B. Spending too much time with his friends.
C. Complaining about his marriage trouble.
D. Going out to ballgames too often.
74. Which of the following statements is best supported by the last
paragraph?
A. Men keep their innermost feelings to themselves.
B. Women are more serious than men about marriage.
C. Men often take sudden action to end their marriage.
D. Women depend on others in making decisions.
75. The research done by psychologist Rubin centers around _________.
A. happy and successful marriages
B. friendships of men and women
C. emotional problems in marriage
D. interactions between men and women
第二卷(共35分)
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求你对一段文章改错。先对每一行作出判断是对还是错。如果是对的，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如果有错误(每行不会多于一个错误)，则按情况改错如下：)
此行多一个词，把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)∧，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Like most of my schoolmates, I have neither brothers nor 76.________
sisters--in any other words, I am an only child. My parents 77.________
love me dearly of course and will do all they can make sure 78.________
that I get a good education. They did not want me to do 79.________
any work at family; they want me to devote all my time to 80.________
my studies so that I'll get good marks in all my subject. We 81.________
may be one family and live under a same roof, but we do 82.________
not seem to get much time to talk about together. It looks 83.________
as if my parents treat me as a visitor and a guest. Do they 84.________
really understand their own daughter? What things are in 85.________
other homes, I wonder.
第二节 书面表达 (满分25分)
假设你是李华，你的澳大利亚朋友Dick听说中国的中小学正在减轻学生的学习负担，来信询问有关情况。请你根据下表提供的信息，写一封回信，谈一谈减负给你的学习和生活带来的变化。
2002年高考英语试题?附答案
第一卷(共115分)
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面五段对话。每段对话后有一小题，从题中所给的三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
How much is the shirt?
A. ￡19.15. B. ￡9.15. C. ￡9.18. 答案是B。
1. Who is Chris Paine?
A. A computer engineer.
B. A book seller.
C. A writer.
2. What are the two speakers talking about?
A. A football player.
B. A football team.
C. A football match.
3. Why did the woman buy a heavy coat for Jimmy?
A. Winter is coming soon.
B. Jimmy'll go into the mountains.
C. Jimmy has caught a cold.
4. Where is the woman?
A. In a soap factory.
B. In her house.
C. At an information desk.
5. When is the man checking in?
A. Friday.
B. Thursday.
C. Tuesday.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段55秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段对话，回答第6～8题。
6. How does the man feel about David's way of sleeping?
A. It's effective.
B. It's strange.
C. It's the best.
7. How many hours does David sleep a day?
A. Four.
B. Six.
C. Seven.
8. What does the woman suggest at the end of the talk?
A. People should develop a habit like David's.
B. People need longer hours of sleep.
C. People have different sleeping habits.
听第7段对话，回答第9～11题。
9. What is the woman going to do?
A. Attend a party.
B. Take a holiday.
C. Go on a business trip.
10. When does the woman plan to arrive?
A. Late Friday.
B. Midday Saturday.
C. Saturday night.
11. What is the weather like in the town during the day?
A. Cold.
B. Wet.
C. Warm.
听第8段对话，回答第12～13题。
12. Why does the man thank the woman?
A. She has helped him with his problems.
B. She has invited him for coffee.
C. She has agreed to see him on Monday.
13. When does the conversation take place?
A. Before class.
B. After class.
C. During class.
听第9段对话，回答第14～16题。
14. What will the man do next morning?
A. Meet Mr. Cooper.
B. Visit the National Lab.
C. Meet Bill Lyons.
15. How will the man spend his Saturday?
A. He will do some paperwork.
B. He will take some rest.
C. He will meet some visitors.
16. What do we know about the woman?
A. She's the man's wife. &21nbsp;
B. She's a business manager.
C. She's a company secretary.
听第10段对话，回答第17～20题。
17. What was the purpose of Mrs. Whinfield's visits to Kew Gardens?
A. To learn more about plants.
B. To write an article on garden.
C. To meet the writers she read.
18. Where did Mrs. Whinfield live before she moved to her present
home?
A. Dorset.
B. Somerset.
C. West London.
19. Where does Mrs. Whinfield get most of her plants?
A. She grows them from seeds.
B. She gets them from her friends.
C. She buys them from a market.
20. What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A. Tourist and gardener.
B. College professor and biology students.
C. Newspaper reporter and garden owner.
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分45)
第一节：单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child ______ he or
she wants.
A. however B. whatever
C. whichever D. whenever
答案是 B。
21. -I'm taking my driving test tomorrow.
-______ !
A. Cheers B. Good luck
C. Come on D. Congratulations
22. Excuse me for breaking in.
-______ I have some news for you.
A. so B. and
C. but D. yet
23. -You haven't said a word about my new coat, Brenda. Do you like
it?
-I'm sorry I ______ anything about it sooner. I certainly think
it's pretty on you.
A. wasn't saying B. don't say
C. won't say D. didn't say
24. The mother didn't know ______ to blame for the broken glass
as it happened while she was out.
A. who B. when
C. how D. what
25. -Is John coming by train?
-He should, but he ______ not. He likes driving his car.
A. must B. can
C. need D. may
26. Jumping out of ______ airplane at ten thousand feet is quite
______ exciting experience.
A. 不填; the B. 不填; an
C. an; an D. the; the
27. Boris has brains. In fact, I doubt whether anyone in the class
has ______ IQ.
A. a high B. a higher
C. the higher D. the highest
28. The taxi driver often reminds passengers to ______ their belongings
when they leave the car.
A. keep B. catch
C. hold D. take
29. I wonder why Jenny ______ us recently. We should have heard
from her by now.
A. hasn't written B. doesn't write
C. won't write D. hadn't written
30. John shut everybody out of the kitchen ______ he could prepare
his grand surprise for the party.
A. which B. when
C. so that D. as if
31. We thought of selling this old furniture. But we've decided
to ______ it. It might be valuable.
A. hold on to B. keep up with
C. turn to D. look after
32. Having a trip abroad is certainly good for the old couple, but
it remains______ whether they will enjoy it.
A. to see B. to be seen
C. seeing D. seen
33. It is said in Australia there is more land than the government
knows ______.
A. it what to do with B. what to do it with
C. what to do with it D. to do what with it
34. The research is so designed that once ______ nothing can be
done to change it.
A. begins B. having begun
C. beginning D. begun
35. Meeting my uncle after all these years was an unforgettable
moment, ______ I will always treasure.
A. that B. one
C. it D. what
第二节 完形填空(共(20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
What is intelligence(智力) anyway? When I was in the army I ___36___
an intelligence test that all soldier took, and ,against ___37___
of 100, scored 160.
I had an auto-repair man once, who, on these intelligence tests,
could not ___38___have scored more than 80. ___39___, when anything
went wrong: 10.5pt">-and he always ___40___it.
Well, then, suppose my auto-repair man ___41___ questions for some
intelligence tests. By every one of them I'd prove myself a ___42_______.
In a world where I have to work with my ___43_______, I'd do poorly.
Consider my auto-repair man ___44___. He had a habit of telling
___45___. One time he said, "Doc, a deaf-and-dumb(聋哑) man ___46___some
nails. Having entered a store, he put two fingers together on the
counter and made ___47___ movements with the other hand. The clerk
brought him a hammer. He ___48___ his head and pointed to the two
fingers he was hammering. The clerk ___49___ him some nails. He
picked out the right size and left, Well, Doc, the ___50___ man
who came in was blind. He wanted scissors (剪刀). ___51___ do you
suppose he asked for them? I lifted my right hand and made scissoring
movements with my first two fingers. He burst out laughing and said,
"Why, you fool, he used his ___52___ and asked for them. I've
been ___53___ that on all my customers today, but I knew ___54___
I'd catch you. "Why is that? I asked, "Because you are
so goddamned educated. Doc, I knew you couldn't be very ___55___.
And I have an uneasy feeling he had something there.
36. A. failed B. wrote
C. received D. chose
37. A. an average B. a total
C. an exam D. a number
38. A. always B. possibly
C. certainly D. frequently
39. A. Then B. Thus
C. Therefore D. Yet
40. A. fixed B. checked
C. drove D. changed
41. A. answered B. practiced
C. designed D. tired
42. A. teacher B. doctor
C. winner D. fool
43. A. brains B. effort
C. hands D. attention
44. A. again B. as usual
C. too D. as well
45. A. lies B. jokes
C. news D. tales
46. A. bought B. tested
C. found D. needed
47. A. cutting B. hammering
C. waving D. circling
48. A. nodded B. raised
C. shook D. turned
49. A. brought B. packed
C. send D. sold
50. A. clever B. other
C. right D. next
51. A. What B. How
C. Who D. Which
52. A. imagination B. hand
C. voice D. information
53. A. trying B. proving
C. practising D. examination
54. A. for sure B. at once
C. in fact D. right now
55. A. clear B. silly
C. slow D. smart
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题202分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
In 1901, H.G. Wells, an English writer, wrote a book describing
a trip to the moon. When the explorers(探险者) landed on the moon,
they discovered that the moon was full of underground cities. They
expressed their surprise to the "moon people" they met.
In turn, the "moon people expressed their surprise. "Why,
they asked, "are you travelling to outer space when you don't
even use your inner space?
H. G. Wells could only imagine travel to the moon. In 1969, human
beings really did land on the moon. People today know that there
are no underground cities on the moon. However, the question that
the "moon people asked is still an interesting one. A growing
number of scientists are seriously thinking about it.
Underground systems are already in place. Many cities have underground
car parks. In some cities, such as Tokyo, Seoul and Montreal, there
are large underground shopping areas. The "chunnel", a
tunnel(隧道)connecting England and France, is now complete.
But what about underground cities? Japan's Taisei Corporation is
designing a network of underground systems, called "Alice Cities".
The designers imagine using surface space for public parks and using
underground space for flats, offices, shopping, and so on. A solar
dome(太阳能穹顶) would cover the whole city.
) would coveres New Roman'; mso-bidi-font-size: 12.0pt">Supporters
of underground development say that building down rather than building
up is a good way to use the earth's space. The surface, they say,
can be used for farms, parks, gardens, and wilderness. H.G. Wells
"moon people" would agree. Would you?
56. The explorers in H.G. Wells' story were surprised to find that
the "moon people" _____.
A. knew so much about the earth.
B. understood their language.
C. lived in so many underground cities.
D. were ahead of them in space technology.
57. What does the underlined word "it (paragraph 2) refer to?
A. Discovering the moon's inner space.
B. Using the earth's inner space.
C. Meeting the "moon people" again.
D. Travelling to outer space.
58. What sort of underground systems are already here with us?
A. Offices, shopping areas, power stations.
B. Tunnels, car parks, shopping areas.
C. Gardens, car parks, power stations.
D. Tunnels, gardens, offices.
59. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Alice Cities-Cities of the Future
B. Space Travel with H.G. Wells
C. Enjoy Living Underground
D. Building Down, not Up
B
LONDON(Reuters)-Organic fruit, delivered right to the doorstep.
That is what Gabriel Gold prefers, and he is willing to pay for
it. If this is not possible, the 26-year-old computer technician
will spend the extra money atY: the supermarket to buy organic food.
"Organic product is always better," Gold said. "The
food is free of pesticides(农药), and you are generally supporting
family farms instead of large farms. And more often than not it
is locally(本地) grown and seasonal, so it is more tasty." Gold
is one of a growing number of shoppers buying into the organic trend,
and supermarkets across Britain are counting on more like him as
they grow their organic food business. But how many shoppers really
know what they are getting, and why are they willing to pay a higher
price for organic produce? Market research shows that Gold and others
who buy organic food can generally give clear reasons for their
preferences-but their knowledge of organic food is far from complete.
For example, small amounts of pesticides can be used on organic
products. And about three quarters of organic food in Britain is
not local but imported(进口) to meet growing demand. "The demand
for organic food is increasing by about one third every year, so
it is a very fast-growing market, said Sue Flock, a specialist in
this line of business.
60. More and more people in Britain are buying organic food because
______.
A. they are getting richer
B. they can get the food anywhere
C. they consider the food free of pollution
D. they like home-grown fruit
61. Which of the following statements is true to the facts about
most organic produce sold in Britain?
A. It grows indoors all year round.
B. It is produced outside Britain.
C. It is grown on family farms.
D. It is produced on large farms.
62. What is the meaning of "the organic trend" as the
words are used in the text?
A. growing interest in organic food
B. better quality of organic food
C. rising market for organic food
D. higher prices of organic food
63. What is the best title for this news story?
A. Organic Food-Healthy, or Just fdi-or the Wealthy?
B. The Making of Organic Food in Britain
C. Organic Food-to Import or Not?
D. Good Qualities of Organic Food
C
THEATRE
City Varieties
The Headrow, Leeds. Tel. 430808
Oct 10-11 only A Night at the Varieties. All the fun of an old music
hall with Barry Cryer, Duggle Brown, 6 dancers, Mystina, Jon Barker,
Anne Duval and the Tony Harrison Trio. Laugh again at the old jokes
and listen to your favourite songs.
Performances: 8 pm nightly.
Admission: ￡5; under 16 or over 60:￡4.
York Theatre Royal
St Leonard's Place, York. Tel. 223568
Sept 23-Oct 17 Groping for Words-a comedy by Sue Townsend. Best
known for her Adrian Mole Diaries. Townsend now writes about an
evening class which two men and a woman attend. A gentle comedy.
Admission: First night, Mon; ￡2; Tues-Fri: ￡3.25~5.50; Sat: ￡3.50~5.75.
Halifax Playhouse
King's Cross Street, Halifax. Tel. 365998
Oct 10-17 On Golden Pond by Ernest Thompson. This is a magical comedy
about real people. A beautifully produced, well-acted play for everyone.
Don't miss it.
Performances: 7:30 p.m.
Admission: ￡2. Mon; 2 seats for the price of one.
Grand Theatrclass=Wee
Oxford Street, Leeds. Tel. 502116
Restaurant and Cafe.
Oct 1-17 The Secret Diary of Adrian Mole, Aged 13. Sue Townsend's
musical play, based on her best-selling book.
Performances: Evenings 7:45. October 10-17, at 2:30 p.m. No Monday
performances.
Admission: Tues-Thurs:￡2-5; Fri & Sat: ￡2-6.
64. Which theatre offers the cheapest seat?
A. Halifax Playhouse. &T: 21pt; mso-chnbsp; B. City Varieties.
C. Grand Theatre. D. York Theatre Royal.
65. If you want to see a play with old jokes and songs, which phone
number will you ring to book a seat?
A. 502116 B. 223568
C. 365998 D. 430808
66. We may learn from the text that Sue Townsend is ______.
A. a writer B. an actress
C. a musician D. a director
D
Treasure hunts(寻宝) have excited people's imagination for hundreds
of years both in real life and in books such as Robert Louis Stevenson's
Treasure Island. Kit Williams, a modern writer, had the idea of
combining the real excitement of a treasure hunt with clues(线索)
found in a book when he wrote a children's story, Masquerade, in
1979. The book was about a hare, and a month before it came out
Williams buried a gold hare in a park in Bedfordshire. The book
contained a large number of clues to help readers find the hare,
but Williams put in a lot of red herrings, or false clues, to mislead
them.
Ken Roberts, the man who found the hare, had been looking for it
for nearly two years. Although he had been searching in the wrong
area most of the time, he found it by logic(逻辑), not by luck. His
success came from the fact that he had gained an important clue
at the start. He had realized that the words, "One of Six to
Eight" under the first picture in the book connected the hare
in some way to Katherine of Aragon, the first of Henry VIII's six
wives. Even here, however, Williams had succeeded in misleading
him. Ken knew that Katherine of Aragon had died at Kimbolton in
Cambridgeshire in 1536 and thought that Williams had buried the
hare there. He had been digging there for over a year before a new
idea occurred to him. He found out that Kit Williams had spent his
childhood near Ampthill, in Bedfordshire, and thought that he must
have buried the hare in a place he knew well, but he still could
not see the connection with Katherine of Aragon, until one day he
came across two stone crosses in Ampthill Park and learnt that they
had been built in her honor in 1773.
Even then his search had not come to an end. It was only after he
had spent several nights digging around the cross that he decided
to write to Kit Williams to find out if he was wasting his time
there. Williams encouraged him to continue, and on February 24th,
1982, he found the treasure. It was worth ￡3000 in the beginning,
but the excitement it had caused since its burial made it much more
valuable.
67. The underlined word "them(paragraph 1) refers to ______.
A. red herrings
B. treasure hunts
C. Henry VIII's six wives
D. readers of masquerade
68. What is the most important clue in the story to help Ken Roberts
find the hare?
A. Two stone crosses in Ampthill.
B. Stevenson's Treasure Island.
C. Katherine of Aragon.
D. Williams hometown.
69. The stone crosses in Ampthill were built ______.
A. to tell about what happened in 1773
B. to Ashow respect for Henry VIII's first wife
C. to serve as a roadsign in Ampthill Park
D. to inform people where the gold hare was
70. Which of the following describes Roberts logic in searching
for the hare?
a. Henry VIII's six wives
b. Katherine's burial place at Kimbolton
c. Williams childhood in Ampthill
d. Katherine of Aragon
e. stone crosses in Ampthill Park
A. a-b-c-e-d B. d-b-c-e-a
C. a-d-b-c-e D. b-a-e-c-d
71. What is the subject discussed in the text?
A. An exciting historical event.
B. A modern treasure hunt.
C. The attraction of Masqurrade.
D. The importance of logical thinking.
E
A child's birthday party doesn't have to be a hassle; it can be
a basket of fun, according to Beth Anaclerio, an Evaston mother
of two, ages 4 and 18 months.
"Having a party at home usually requires a lot of running around
on the part of the parents, and often the birthday boy or girl gets
lost in wild excitement. But it really doesn't have to be that way,
said Anaclerio. Last summer, Anaclerio and her friend Jill Carlisle,
a Northbrook mother of a 2-year-old, founded a home party-planning
business called "A Party in a Basket. Their goal is to help
parents and children share in the fun part of party planning, like
choosing the subject or making a cake, while they take care of everything.
Drawing on their experiences as mothers, they have created(制作) 10
ready-to-use home party packages. Everything a family needs to plan
a party, except the cake and ice cream, is delivered to the home
in a large basket.
"Our parties are aimed for children 2 to 10," Anaclerio
said, "and they're very interactive(互动) and creative in that
they build a sense of drama based on a subject. For example, at
the Soda Shoppe party the guests become waiters and waitresses and
build wonderful ice cream creations.
The standard $200 package for eight children includes a basket filled
with invitations, gifts, games and prizes, paper goods, a party
planner and the like. For more information, call Anaclerio at 708-864-6584
or Carlisle at 708-205-9141.
72. The main purpose of writing this text is ______.
A. to share information about party planning
B. to introduce the joys of a birthday party
C. to announce a business plan
D. to sell a service
73. The most important idea behind the kind of party planning described
here is that ______.
A. it brings parents and children closer together
B. guests play a part in the preparation of a party
C. parents are spared the trouble of sending invitations
D. it provides a subject of conversation
74. What does the underlined word "hassle" (paragraph
1) probably mean?
A. a party designed by specialists
B. a plan requiring careful thought
C. a situation causing difficulty or trouble
D. a demand made by guests
第二卷(共35分)
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线( \ )划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Last week my parents and I took a two-day trip to Emei
Mountain in Sichuan. As everyone knows, it's famous 76. ______
mountain with all kinds of plants and animals. The weather 77. ______
was fine. It was about noon we arrived at the foot of 78. ______
the mountain. The three of them were very excited. As we 79. ______
climbed the mountain, we fed monkeys, visiting temples 80. ______
and told stories. On the way up I was busy taking picture 81. ______
since the scenery was so beautiful. The time passes quickly. 82.
______
Evening came down. We spent the night in a hotel at the top 83.
______
of the mountain. The food was expensive and the service was 84.
______
good. I was so tired that I fell asleep at the moment my 85. ______
head touched the pillow.
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
最近，你校同学正在参加某英文报组织的一场讨论。讨论的主题是：公园要不要收门票？
请你根据下表所提供的信息，给报社写一封信，客观地介绍讨论情况。
60%的同学认为 40%的同学认为
1. 不应收门票 1. 应收门票，但票价不宜高
2. 公园是公众休闲的地方 2. 支付园林工人工资
3. 如收票，需建大门、围墙，会影响城市形象 3. 购新花木
注意：1. 信的开头已为你写好。
2. 词数：100左右
3. 参考词汇：门票 entrance fee
Dear Editor,
I'm writing to tell you about the discussion we've had about whether
an entrance fee should be charged for parks.
______________________________________________________________
Yours truly,
Li Hua
【2002年高考英语参考答案】
1~5 CABBC 6~10 BACBA
11~15 CABCB 16~20 CACBC
21~25 BCDAD 26~30 CBDAC
31~35 ABCDB 36~40 CABDA
41~45 CDCAB 46~50 DBCAD
51~55 BCAAD 56~60 CBBDC
61~62 BAAAD 66~70 ADCBC
71~75 BDACA
76. famous 前加a 77. √
78. we 前加when 79. them→us
80. visiting →visited 81. picture→ pictures
82. passes→passed 83. 去掉 down
84. and → but 85. 去掉at
One possible version:
Dear Editor,
I'm writing to tell you about the discussion we've had about whether
an entrance fee should be charged for parks.
Opinions are divided on the question. 60% of the students are against
the idea of entrance fees. They believed a public park should be
free of charge. People need a place where they can rest and enjoy
themselves. Charging entrance fees will no doubt keep some people
away. What is more, it will become necessary to build gates and
walls, which will do harm to the appearance of a city.
On the other hand, 40% think that fees should be charged because
you need money to pay gardeners and other workers and to buy plants
and young trees. They suggest, however, fees should be charged low.
2003年高考英语试题?附答案
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题：每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ￡A. 19.15 B. ￡9.15 C. ￡9.18
1. What is the man going to do?
A. Open the window.
B. Find another room.
C. Go out with the woman.
2. What do we know about Peter Schmidt?
A. He has lost his ticket.
B. He is expecting a ticket.
C. He went out to buy a ticket.
3. What do we know about mother and son?
A. She wants to tell him the result of the game.
B. She doesn't like him to watch TV.
C. She knows which team he supports.
4. What are the speakers talking about?
A. Exam results.
B. Time for the exam.
C. Change of class hours.
5. What will the woman tell the man?:
A. Her company's name.
B. Her new address.
C. Her phone number.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题,从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What is the possible relationship between the woman and the man?
A. Wife and husband.
B. Doctor and patient.
C. Boss and secretary.
7. What does the woman think about the man?
A. He is not good to the children.
B. He is not telling the truth.
C. He sleeps too much.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题
8.Where does the woman want to go?
A. An office.
B. A fruit shop.
C. A police station.
9. What does the woman have to do now?
A. Wait for Mark at the crossroads.t;
B. Walk ahead and turn right.
C. Walk a little way back.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What exactly does the man want to find out?
A. What people think of the bus service.
B. How many people are using the bus service.
C. Which group of people use the bus service most often.
11. What does the woman say about the bus service?
A. The distance between bus stops is too long.
B. The bus timetables are full of mistakes.
C. Buses are often not on time.
12. Why does the woman say her husband is fortunate?
A. He often goes to work in a friend's car.
B. He doesn't need to go shopping by bus.
C. He lives close to the bus station.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. What is the probable relationship between the two speakers?
A. Salesperson and customer.
B. Old school friends.
C. Fellow workers.
14. What do we know about the woman?
A. She is fond of her work.
B. She is tired of travelling.
C. She is interested in law.
15. What is the man?
A. A company manager.
B. A salesperson.
C. A lawyer.
16.Why does the woman ask for the man's address?
A. To send him a book.
B. To get together with him.
C. To repair something at his home.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. What is the aim of the program?
A. To keep trainees in shape.
B. To improve public relations.
C. To develop leadership skills.
18. Which of the following will the trainees be doing during the
program?
A. Attending lectures on management.
B. Preparing reports for the company.
C. Making plans for a journey.
19. How long will the program last?
A. 8 days.
B. 12 days.
C. 20 days.
20. If people want to join the program, what should they do after
the meeting?
A. Take a pre-test.
B. Pay for the program.
C. Sign on a piece of paper.
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分45)
第一节：单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child ______ he or
she wants.
A. however B. whatever
C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
21. Don't be afraid of asking for help _______ it is needed.
A. unless B. since
C. although D. when
22. A cook will be immediately fired if he is found _______ in the
kitchen.
A. smoke B. smoking
C. to smoke D. smoked
23. Allen had to call a taxi because the box was _______ to carry
all the way home.
A. much too heavy B. too much heavy
C. heavy too much D. too heavy much
24. -Sorry, Joe, I didn't mean to!
-Don't call me "Joe". I'm Mr. Parker to you, and _______
you forget it!
A. do B. didn't
C. did D. don't
25. If anybody calls, tell them I'm out, and ask them to _______
their name and address.
A. pass B. write
C. take D. leave
26. The sign reads "In case of_______ fire, break the glass
and push _______ red button."
A. 不填; a B. 不填; the
C. the; the D. a; a
27. All morning as she waited for the medical report from the doctor,
her nervousness _______.
A. has grown B. is growing
C. grew D. had grown
28. A left luggage office is a place where bags _______ be left
for a short time, especially at a railway station.
A. should B. can
C. must D. will
29. We're going to the bookstore in John's car. You can come with
us _______ you can meet us there later.
A. but B. and
C. or D. then
30. Why don't you put the meat in the fridge? It will _______ fresh
for several days.
A. be stayed B. stay
C. be staying D. have stayed
31. News reports say peace talks between the two countries _______
with no agreement reached.
A. have broken down B. have broken out
C. have broken in D. have broken up
32. -There's coffee and tea; you can have _______.
-Thanks.
A. either B. each
C. one D. it
33. -Susan, go and join your sister cleaning the yard.
-Why_______? John is sitting there doing nothing.
A. him B. he
C. I D. me
34. The old couple have been married for 40 years and never once_______
with each other.
A. they had quarreled B. they have quarreled
C. have they quarreled D. had they quarreled
35. -I think you should phone Jenny and say sorry to her.
_______. It was her fault.
A. No way B. Not possible
C. No chance D. Not at all
第二节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项。
I played a racquetball game against my cousin Ed last week. It was
one of the most ___36___ and tiring games I've ever had. When Ed
first phoned and ___37___we play, I laughed quietly, figuring on
an ___38___ victory. After all, Ed's idea of ___39___ has always
been nothing more ___40___ than lifting a fork to his mouth. ___41___
I can remember, Ed's been the least physically fit member in the
family, and ___42___ proud of himself. His big stomach has always
ballooned out between his T-shirt and trousers. Although the family
often ___43___ about that, Ed refused to buy a ___44___T-shirt or
to lose weight. So when Ed ___45___ for our game not only with the
bottom of his shirt gathered inside his trousers but also with a
stomach you could hardly ___46___. I was so surprised that I was
___47___. My cousin must have made an effort to get himself into
shape. ___48___ , at the point in our game when I'd have predicted(预计)
the score to be about 9 to 1 in my favor, it was ___49___ 7 to 9
and Ed was ___50___. The sudden realization was painful. We ___51___
to play like two mad men. When the score was 16 up. I was having
serious ___52___ about staying alive until 21 years old. Let alone
___53___ that many points. When the game finally ended, both of
us were lying flat on our backs, too tired to ___54___. In a way,
I think we both won: I the game, but cousin Ed my ___55___.
36. A. encouraging B. hopeless
C. surprising D. regular
37. A. declared B. mentioned
C. persuaded D. suggested
38. A. unforgettable B. unexpected
C. easy D. early
39. A. exercise B. preparation
C. joy D. fitness
40. A. time-saving B. comfortable
C. suitable D. effort-making
41. A. As soon as B. As long as
C. When D. Since
42. A. strangely B. personally
C. reasonably D. eagerly
43. A. cared B. forgot
C. quarreled D. joked
44. A. clean B. larger
C. straight D. darker
45. A. set out B. got ready
C. arrived D. returned
46. A. notice B. admire
C. believe D. measure
47. A. nervous B. curious
C. careless D. speechless
48. A. After all B. As a result
C. Above all D. At last
49. A. mistakenly B. then
C. instead D. naturally
50. A. leading B. coming
C. waiting D. counting
51. A. pretended B. stopped
C. continued D. decided
52. A. thoughts B. doubts
C. situations D. problems
53. A.scoring B. completing
C. receiving D. keeping
54. A. play B. start
C. sleep D. move
55. A. friendship B. respect
C. support D. favor
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题202分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Tristan da Cunha, a 38-square-mile island, is the farthest inhabited
island in the world, according to the Guinness Book Records. It
is 1,510 miles southwest of its nearest neighbor, St. Helena, and
1,950 miles west of Africa. Discovered by the Portuguese admiral(葡萄牙海军上将)
of the same name in 1506 and settled in 1810, the island belongs
to Great Britain and has a population of a few hundred.
Coming in a close second-and often wrongly mentioned as the most
distant land-is Easter Island, which lies 1,260 miles east of its
nearest neighbor. Pitcairn Island, and 2,300 miles west of South
America.
The mountainous 64-square-mile island was settled around the 5th
century, supposedly by people who were lost at sea. They had no
connection with the outside world for more than a thousand years,
giving them plenty of time to build more than 1,000 huge stone figures,
called moat, for which the island is most famous.
On Easter Sunday, 1722, however, settlers from Holland moved in
and gave the island its name. Today, 2,000 people live on the Chilean
territory(智利领土). They share one street, a small airport and a few
hours of television per day.
56. It can be learned from the text that the island of Tristan da
Cunha.
A. was named after its discoverer B. got its name from Holland settlers
C. was named by the British government D. got its name from the
Guinness Book of Records
57. Which of the following is most famous for moat?
A. Tristan da Cunha. B. Pitcairn Island.
C. Easter Island. D. St. Helena.
58. Which country does Easter Island belong to?
A. Britain. B. Holland.
C. Portugal. D. Chile.
B
Reading to dogs is an unusual way to help children improve their
literacy skills(读写能力). With their shining brown eyes, wagging tails,
and unconditional love, dogs can provide the non-judgmental listeners
needed for a beginning reader to gain confidence(自信心), according
to Intermountain Therapy Animals (ITA) in Salt Lake City. The group
says it is the first program in the country to use dogs to help
develop literacy in children, with the introduction of Reading Education
Assistance Dogs (READ).
The Salt Lake City Public Library is sold on the idea. "Literacy
specialists admit that children who read below the level of their
fellow pupils are often afraid of reading aloud in a group, often
have lower self-respect, and regard reading as a headache,"
said Lisa Myton, manager of the children's department.
Last November the two groups started "Dog Day Afternoon in
the children's department of the main library. About 25 children
attended each of the four Saturday-afternoon classes, reading for
half an hour. Those who attended three of the four classes received
a "pawgraphed" book at the last class.
The program was so successful that the library plans to repeat it
in April. According to Dana Thumpowsky, public relations manager.
59. What is mainly discussed in the text?
Children's reading difficulties.
B. Advantages of raising dogs.
C. Service in a public library.
D. A special reading program.
60. Specialists use dogs to listen to children reading because they
think ________.
A. dogs are young children's best friends
B. children can play with dogs while reading
C. dogs can provide encouragement for shy children
D. children and dogs understand each other
61. By saying "The Salt Lake City Public Library is sold on
the idea", the writer means the library ________.
A. uses dogs to attract children
B. accepts the idea put forward by ITA
C. has opened a children's department
D. has decided to train some dogs
62. A "pawgraphed" book is most probably _________.
A. a book used in Saturday classes
B. a book written by the children
C. a prize for the children
D. a gift from parents
C
Tales From Animal Hospital
David Grant
David Grant has become a familiar face to millions of fans of Animal
Hospital. Here Dr. Gram tells us the very best of his personal stories
about the animals he has treated, including familiar patients such
as the dogs Snowy and Duchess, the delightful cat Marigold Serendipity
Diamond. He also takes the reader behind the scenes at Harmsworth
Memorial Animal Hospital as he describes his day, from ordinary
medical check-ups to surgery(外科手术). Tales From Animal Hospital will
delight all fans of the programme and anyone who has a lively interest
in their pet, whether it be cat, dog or snake!
￡14.99 Hardback 272 pp Simon Schuster
ISBN 0751304417
Isaac Newton: The Last Sorcerer
Michael White
From the author of Stephen Hawking: A Life in Science, comes this
colourful description of the life of the world's first modern scientist.
Interesting yet based on fact, Michael White's learned yet readable
new book offers a true picture of Newton completely different from
what people commonly know about him. Newton is shown as a gifted
scientist with very human weaknesses who stood at the point in history
where magic(魔术) ended and science began.
￡18.99 Hardback 320 pp Fnt-size: ourth Estate
ISBN 1857024168
Fermat's Last Theorem
Simon Singh
In 1963 a schoolboy called Andrew Wiles reading in his school library
came across the world's greatest mathematical problem: Fermat's
Last Theorem(定理). First put forward by the French mathematician
Pierre de Fermat in the seventeenth century, the theorem had baffled
and beaten the finest mathematical minds, including a French woman
scientist who made a major advance in working out the problem, and
who had to dress like a man in order to be able to study at the
Ecole Polytechnique. Through unbelievable determination Andrew Wiles
finally worked out the problem in 1995. An unusual story of human
effort over three centuries, Fermat's Last Theorem will delight
specialists and general readers alike.
￡12.99 Hardback 384 pp Fourth Estate
ISBN 1857025210
63. What is Animal Hospital?
A. A news story. B. A popular book.
C. A research report. D. A TV programme.
64. In Michael White's book, Newton is described as _________.
A. a person who did not look the same as in many pictures
B. a person who lived a colourful and meaningful life
C. a great but not perfect man
D. an old-time magician
65. Which of the following best explains the meaning of the word
"baffle as it is used in the text?
A. To encourage people to raise questions. B. To cause difficulty
in understanding.
C. To provide a person with an explanation. D. To limit people's
imagination.
66. The person who finally proved Fermat's Last Theorem is _________.
A. Simon Singh B. Andrew Wiles
C. Pierre de Fermatlas D. a French woman scientist
67. What is the purpose of writing these three texts?
A. To make the books easier to read.
B. To show the importance of science.
C. To introduce new authors.
D. To sell the books.
D
There is one foreign product the Japanese are buying faster than
others and its popularity has caused an uneasy feeling among many
Japanese.
That product is foreign words.
Gairaigo-words that come from outside-have been part of the Japanese
language for centuries. Mostly borrowed from English and Chinese,
these terms are often changed into forms no longer understood by
native speakers.
But in the last few years the trickle(涓涓细流) of foreign words has
become a flood, and people fear the increasing use of foreign words
is making it hard for the Japanese to understand each other and
could lead to many people forgetting the good qualities of traditional(传统的)
Japanese.
"The popularity of foreign words is part of the Japanese interest
in anything new, says university lecturer and writer Takashi Saito.
"By using a foreign word you can make a subject seem new, which
makes it easier for the media(媒体) to pick up."
"Experts(专家) often study abroad and use English terms when
they speak with people in their own fields. Those terms are then
included in government white papers," said Muturo Kai, US president
of the National Language Research Institute. "Foreign words
find their way easily into announcements made to the general public,
when they should really be explained in Japanese."
Against the flow of new words, many Japanese are turning back to
the study of their own language. Saito's Japanese to Be Read Aloud
is one of many language books that are now flying off booksellers
shelves.
"We were expecting to sell the books to young people,"
said the writer. "but it turns out they are more popular with
the older generation, who seem uneasy about the future of Japanese."
68. What advantages do foreign words have over traditional Japanese
terms?
A. The ideas expressed in foreign words sound new.
B. Foreign words are best suited for announcements.
C. Foreign words make new subjects easier to understand.
D. The use of foreign words makes the media more popular.
69. In the opinion of Takashi Saito, Japanese people ________.
A. are good at learning foreign languages
B. are willing to learn about new things
C. trust the media
D. respect experts
70. Which of the following plays an important part in the spread
of foreign words?
A. The media and government papers.
B. Best-selling Japanese textbooks.
C. The interest of young Japanese.
D. Foreign products and experts.
71. The book Japanese to Be Read Aloud ______.
A. sells very well in Japan
B. is supported by the government
C. is questioned by the old generation
D. causes misunderstanding among the readers
E
At one time, computers were expected largely to remove the need
for paper copies of documents(文件) because they could be stored electronically.
But for all the texts that are written, stored and sent electronically,
a lot of them are still ending up on paper.
It is difficult to measure the quantity of paper used as a result
of use of Internet-connected computers, although just about anyone
who works in an office can tell you that when e-mail is introduced,
the printers start working overtime. "I feel in my bones this
revolution is causing more trees to be cut down," says Ted
Smith of the Earth Village Organisation.
Perhaps best sign of how computer and Internet use 0pt; pushes up
demand for paper comes from the high-tech industry itself, which
sees printing as one of its most promising new markets. Several
Internet companies have been set up to help small businesses print
quality documents from a computer. Earlier this week. Hewlett-Packard
Co. announced a plan to develop new technologies that will enable
people to print even more so they can get a hard copy of a business
document, a medical record or just a one-line e-mail, even if they
are nowhere near a computer. As the company sees it, the more use
of the Internet the greater demand for printers.
Does all this mean environmental concerns(环境问题) have been forgotten?
Some activists suggest people have been led to believe that a lot
of dangers to the environment have gone away. "I guess people
believe that the problem is taken care of, because of recycling（回收利用）,"
said Kelly Quirke, director of the Rainforest Action Network in
San Francisco. Yet Quirke is hopeful that high-tech may also prove
helpful. He says printers that print on both sides are growing in
popularity. The action group has also found acceptable paper made
from materials other than wood, such as agricultural waste.
72. The growing demand for paper in recent years is largely due
to _______.
A. the rapid development of small businesses
B. the opening up of new markets
C. the printing of high quality copies
D. the increased use of the Internet
73. Environmentalists believe one possible way of dealing with the
paper situation is _______.
A. to encourage printing more quality documents
B. to develop new printers using recycled paper
C. to find new materials for making paper
D. to plant more fast growing trees
74. Hewlett-Packard Co. has decided to develop new technologies
because _______.
A. people are concerned about the environment
B. printers in many offices are working overtime
C. small companies need more hard copies
D. they see a growing market for printers
75.What would be the best title for the text?
A. Computers and Printers
B. E-mail and the Business World
C. Internet Revolution and Environment
D. Modern Technology and New Markets
四、写作(共两节，满分35分35)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：
如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线( \ )划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
When I first learned to write in English, I ran into many 76. ______
difficulties. The main problem was in that I always thought 77.
______
in Chinese and tried to translate anything into English. 78. ______
My teacher advised me to keep my diary. I followed her 79. ______
advice and should put down 100 words or so each day. 80. ______
Soon I began to enjoy talk to myself on paper as I was 81. ______
learning to express me in simple English. One day I wrote 82. ______
a little story and showed to my teacher. She liked it 83. ______
very much and reads it to the class. All said the story was 84.
______
a good one. Their word were a great encouragement to me. 85. ______
第二节：书面表达
第二节：书面表达t; mso-char-indent-size: 10.5pt">假设你是李华，你的英国笔友Bob将于九月到你所在城市的建新华文学校学中文，来信请你在学校附近为他找一套住房。请根据图画提供的信息，写信介绍住房的情况，并告知住房面积为25平方米，月租500元。
注意：1. 词数：100左右。
2. 参考词汇：房租 rent(n.)。
Dear Bob, ______________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________
yours,
Li Hua
【2003年高考英语参考答案】
1~5 ABCBC 6~10 CBACA
11~15 CABAC 16~20 BCABC
21~25 DBADD 26~30 BCBCB
31~35 AADCA 36~40 CDCAD
41~45 BADBC 46~50 ADBCA
51~55 CBADB 56~60 ACDDC
61~65 BCDCB 66~70 BDABA
71~75 ADCDC
76. √ 77.去掉in
78. anything→everything 79. my→a
80. 删去should 81. talk→talking
82. me→myself 83. showed后加it
84. reads→read 85. word→words
One possible version:
Dear Bob,
I'm so glad to learn that you're coming in September. I've found
a place for you. It's a small flat of 25 square meters, with a bedroom,
a bathroom and a kitchen. In the bedroom there is a bed, a sofa,
a desk and a chair. The rent is 500 yuan per month. The flat is
in a building on Fangcao Street, which is not far from Jianxin Chinese
School. Bus No. 11 can take you straight to the school. In fact,
it's only one stop. Do you think you'd like it? a desk aIf not,
I can try and find another place for you.
Just let me know.
Yours,
Li Hua
2004年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试?英语试题?全国卷I
(山东、山西、河南、河北、安徽、江西)
第一卷(共115分)
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ￡ 19.15. B. ￡ 9.15. C. ￡ 9.18.
答案是B。
1. What do we learn about the man?
A. He slept well on the plane.
B. He had a long trip.
C. He had a meeting.
2. Why will the woman stay at home in the evening?
A. To wait for a call.
B. To watch a ball game on TV.
C. To have dinner with a friend.
3. What gift will the woman probably get for Mary?
A. A school bag. B. A record.
C. A theatre ticket.
4. What does the man mainly do in his spare time?
A. Learn a language. B. Do some sports.
C. Play the piano.
5. What did the woman like doing when she was young?
A. Riding a bicycle with friends.
B. Travelling the country.
C. Reading alone.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听下面一段材料，回答第6和第7题。
6. Where does the conversation take place?
A. In a hotel. B. At a booking office.
C. At a friend’s house.
7. What will the man probably do in a few days?
A. Fly to another country. B. Come to the same hotel.
C. Drive here to visit friends.
听下面一段材料，回答第8至第10题。
8. What did the man worry about at the beginning of the conversation?
A. He might not find everything he wanted.
B. He might not have enough money with him.
C. He might not be able to carry the shopping.
9. How much should the man pay?
A. $5. B. $75. C. $75.05.
10. What did the woman do in the end?
A. She charged the man a little less.
B. She asked the man to pay her later.
C. She made a mistake in adding up the cost.
听下面一段材料，回答第11至第13题。
11. Where are the speakers?
A. In a classroom.
B. In a theatre.
C. In an office.
12. Why does the man plan to leave early?
A. He is going on vacation.
B. He is going to a performance.
C. He is going to the post office.
13. What does the woman offer to do?
A. Clean the office. B. Pick up the man’s son.
C. Finish the man’s work.
听下面一段材料，回答第14至第17题。
14. How does the woman feel at the beginning of the conversation?
A. Angry. B. Surprised. C. Sad.
15. What size bag does the woman want?
A. A 24-inch bag. B. A 29-inch bag. C. A 32-inch bag.
16. When will the woman leave for Mexico?
A. On Thursday. B. On Friday. C. On Saturday.
17. Where does the man work?
A. At a mail order company.
B. At an international travel service.
C. At the airport information desk.
听下面一段材料，回答第18至第20题。
18. Why did the woman not go to college?
A. She didn’t pass the exam.
B. She wasn’t interested in college.
C. She couldn’t afford college education.
19. What job does the woman say she did?
A. She was a bus conductor. B. She was a shop assistant.
C. She was a housekeeper.
20. What did the woman think of her friend’s college life?
A. It was busy. B. It was wonderful. C. It was dull.
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child ______ he or
she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
21. —It’s getting late. I’m afraid I must be going now.
—OK. ______.
A. Take it easy B. Go slowly C. Stay longer D. See you
22. Let’s keep to the point or we ______ any decisions.
A. will never reach B. have never reached
C. never reach D. never reached
23. The English play ______ my students acted at the New Year’s
party was a great success.
A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which
24. When you come here for your holiday next time, don’t go to ______
hotel; I can find you ______ bed in my flat.
A. the; a B. the; 不填 C. a; the D. a; 不填
25. Roses need special care ______ they can live through winter.
A. because B. so that C. even if D. as
26. —How about eight o’clock outside the cinema?
—That ______ me fine.
A. fits B. meets C. satisfies D. suits
27. I like ______ in the autumn when the weather is clear and bright.
A. this B. that C. it D. one
28. Sarah, hurry up. I’m afraid you can’t have time to ______ before
the party.
A. get changed B. get change C. get changing D. get to change
29. —Isn’t that Ann’s husband over there?
—No, it ______ be him.
—I’m sure he doesn’t wear glasses.
A. can’t B. must not C. won’t D. may not
30. My mind wasn’t on what he was saying so I’m afraid I _____ half
of it.
A. was missing B. had missed C. will miss D. missed
31. You are saying that everyone should be equal, and this is ______
I disagree.
A. why B. where C. what D. how
32. You can take anything from the shelf and read, but please ______
the books when you’ve finished with them.
A. put on B. put down C. put back D. put off
33. Mary kept weighing herself to see how much ______ she was getting.
A. heavier B. heavy C. the heavier D. the heaviest
34. —Susan, will you please go and empty that drawer?
—_____?
A. What for B. What is it C. How is it D. How come
35. I don’t mind picking up your things from the store. ______,
the walk will do me good.
A. Sooner or later B. Still C. In time D. Besides
第二节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题l.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
It was the night before the composition was due. As I looked at
the list of topics(题目), “The Art of Eating Spaghetti(意大利面条)” caught
my eye. The word “spaghetti” brought back the ___36___ of an evening
at Uncle Alien’s in Belleville 37 all of us were seated around the
table and Aunt Pat ___38___ spaghetti for supper. Spaghetti was
an exotic(外来的) treat in ___39___days. Never had I eaten spaghetti,
and ___40___ of the grown-ups had enough experience to be 41 it.
What laughing 42 we had about the ___43___ respectable method for
moving spaghetti from plate to mouth. ___44___ , I wanted to write
about that, but I wanted to 45 it down simply for my own ___46___
, not for Mr. Fleagle, my composition teacher. 47 , I would write
something else.
When I finished it the night was half gone and there was no 48 left
to write a proper com?position for Mr. Fleagle. There was no choice
next morning but to ___49___my work. Two days pas?sed before Mr.
Fleagle returned the ___50___ papers. He said, “Now, class, I want
to read you a composition, ‘The Art of Eating Spaghetti’.”
My words! He was reading my words out ___51___ to the whole class.
___52___ laughed, then the whole class was laughing with open-hearted
enjoyment. I did my best not to show ___53___ , but what I was feeling
was pure happiness, 54 my words had the power to make people 55
.
36. A. memory B. thought C. knowledge D. experience
37. A. when B. where C. since D. after
38. A. cooked B. served C. got D. made
39. A. their B. past C. last D. those
40. A. none B. one C. earns D. neither
41. A. careful about B. good at C. fond of D. interested in
42. A. speeches B. lessons C. sayings D. arguments
43. A. nearly B. naturally C. officially D. socially
44. A. Especially B. Probably C. Suddenly D. Fortunately
45. A. settle B. put C. bite D. let
46. A. work B. story C. luck D. joy
47. A. However B. Therefore C. As for him D. Except for that
48. A. time B. excuse C. way D. idea
49. A. give up B. continue C. hand in D. delay
50. A. written B. graded C. collected D. calmly
51. A. laid B. fast C. publicly D. calmly
52. A. People B. Nobody C. Somebody D. I
53. A. shock B. wonder C. worry D. pleasure
54. A. if B. for C. while D. although
55. A. excited B. satisfied C. think D. laugh
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项A、B、C和D中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Tired of Working in Your Country!
With over 500 instructors and 20 years of experience, we are the
leader in the field of teaching foreign languages. We now have positions
open in Osaka starting September / October 2004 for instructors
of English, German, Spanish and French.
●Teach many different kinds of classes using the latest technology
in small classes of up to 3 students.
●Accommodation(住宿), and other necessary documents(文件) will be ready
before you leave.
●Applicants will teach their first language only.
● Excellent teacher training programs.
If you are young with a university degree and are willing to experience
different cultures, apply(申请) now. Experience in teaching is an
advantage but not specially required. Knowledge of the Japanese
language is not necessary but good English skills and practical
computer knowledge are basic requirements.
Apply with C. V. and send letters to:
NOVA France, Mr. Sampy(IHT3 / 2)
34, Bd. Haussmann, 75009 Paris, France
Fax: 33148014804
Or visit our website: www. teadyp. com
The manager expects to meet and talk with successful applicants
in Paris in June and July.
56. What is the purpose of the text?
A. To introduce a language school in Japan.
B. To hire language teachers to work in Japan.
C. To describe working conditions in Japan.
D. To make clear the requirements for Japanese teachers.
57. We know from the text that those who are going to Japan will
_______.
A. teach English only in Osaka
B. receive a degree from a university
C. have free accommodation
D. get trained for the job
58. Before going to Japan, you need _______.
A. to see the manager of NOVA France
B. to take some computer courses
C. to write a letter to Japan
D. to find a place to live
59. If you want to work in Japan you should _______.
A. have some working experience
B. know how to use computers
C. present good teaching plans
D. speak several languages
B
Giving Back
Fair Way
The Westborough High School golf team had taken the official photos
with the state prize. The other teams, disappointed, were on the
bus heading home. And then Westborough instructor Greg Rota noticed
something wrong on one of the score cards. A 9 had been recorded
as a 7. They were not the state prize winner; Wobum High had won.
“No one would have known,” said Wobum’s instruc?tor, Bob Doran.
For Rota, it wasn’t a difficult decision: “The prize wasn’t ours
to take.”
Coin Stars
“College students are lazy, but they also want to help,” says University
of Pennsylvania graduate Dana Hork. So she made it easy, placing
cups in rooms where students could leave their spare coins, and
handing out cups to first-year students to keep in their rooms.
Her “Change for Change” effort has collected $40,000 for charities(慈善机构),
which were decided upon by students.
Never Forgotten
A school in Massachusetts received a $9.5 million check from Jacques
LeBermuth. But it took offi?cials several days of digging to discover
his connection to the school. Records showed the LeBermuth came
from Belgium and studied in the school in the 1920s. When his family
fell on hard times, he was offered free room and board. LeBermuth
became a trader, owned shares of AT&T and lived off the earnings
until he died, at age 89.
60. What did Greg Rota probably do in the end?
A. Took photos of Doran.
B. Had a meeting with Doran.
C. Returned the prize to the organizer.
D. Apologized to Wobum High School.
61. Greg Rota’s decision shows that he was _______.
A. honest B. polite C. careful D. friendly
62. The underlined word “Change” in the second paragraph means ______.
A. idea B. decision C. cups D. coins
63.What did the school officials do after receiving the check from
Mr. LeBermuth?
A. They tried to find out why he gave them the money.
B. They went to Belgium to pay their respects to him.
C. They dug out the records that were buried underground.
D. They decided to offer their students free room and board.
64. Jacques LeBermuth gave the money to the school because _______.
A. the school asked for it
B. he had no need for that much money
C. the school had helped him in the past
D. he wanted to be remembered by the students
C
When someone has deeply hurt you, it can be extremely difficult
to let go of your anger. But forgiveness is possible —and it can
be surprisingly helpful to your physical and mental health. In?deed,
research has shown that people who forgive report more energy, better
appetite(胃口) and better sleep patterns. “People who forgive show
less anger and more hopefulness, says Dr. Freder?ic Luskin, who
wrote the book Forgive for Good. So it can help save on the wear
and tear on, our system and allow people to feel more energetic.”
So when someone has hurt you, calm yourself first. Take a couple
of breaths and think of some?thing that gives you pleasure: a beautiful
scene in nature, someone you love. Don’t wait for an apology. “Many
times the person who hurt you may never think of apologizing,” says
Dr. Luskin. “They may have wanted to hurt you or they just don’t
see things the same way. So if you wait for people to apologize,
you could be waiting a very long time. Keep in mind that forgiveness
does not necessarily mean accepting the action of the person who
upset you. Mentally going over your hurt gives power to the person
who brought you pain. Instead, learn to look for the love, beauty
and kindness around you. Finally, try to see things from the other
person s perspective(视角). You may realize that he or she was acting
out of ignorance(无知), fear—even love. To gain perspec?tive, you
may want to write a letter to yourself from that person’s point
of view.
65. The text is mainly written to explain _______.
A. how to keep yourself from being hurt
B. how to stay mentally healthy
C. how and when to remain calm
D. why and how to pardon others
66. According to the writer, what is the right way to calm down
after being hurt?
A. Try to figure out why you get hurt.
B. Write a letter to the person who hurt you.
C. Persuade yourself to accept what others have done to you.
D. Think about pleasant things and forget about the hurt.
67. Dr. Luskin advises us not to wait for an apology after being
hurt because ______.
A. we are not patient enough
B. we’d feel worse accepting others’ apology
C. people seldom want to apologize
D. people don’t mean it when they apologize
D
Before a new type of airplane goes into service, every part of it
is tested again and again. But there are two tests that are more
important than all the others.
The first is called the “tank test”. A modern airplane must fly
very high in the sky. Air must be pumped into the plane so that
the passengers can breathe. The metal structure(结构) of the plane
has to be very strong for this reason. When the plane is filled
with air, the air presses against the skin of the plane inside.
The pressure(压力) on a small window is like a huge foot that is try?ing
to get out. If a small part of the plane were to fail, the plane
would explode in the sky. To test the structure of the plane, the
plane is lowered into a huge tank or container of water. Then it
is filled with air. The pressure inside the plane is greater than
it ever will be when it is high up in the air. Finally, there is
an explosion. This does not cause so much damage inside the water
tank as it would anywhere else. Engineers can discover which part
of the plane has broken. Then that part is made stronger.
The most dangerous test happens when the new plane is going through
test flights in the air. The test pilot must find out exactly what
happens when the engines(发动机) are all shut off at once. The plane
begins to fall like a stone. It is the pilot’s job to find out how
he can get control of the plane again. These two tests are examples
of how planes are made safe before they ever carry passengers.
68. By doing the “tank test”, the engineers can find out _______.
A. the amount of air in the plane
B. the strength of the plane structure
C. the pressure inside and outside the plane
D. the power of the airplane engines
69. What will happen to the plane under the “tank test”?
A. It will be broken. B. It will be made stronger.
C. It will be filled with water. D. It will be tested by pilots.
70. According to the text, why are test flights most dangerous?
A. The plane may explode in the air.
B. The pilot may lose control of the plane.
C. The engines may be damaged.
D. Too much air may get into the plane.
71. What might be the most suitable title for the text?
A. Two Important Tests on Airplanes B. The Importance of Flying
Safely
C. The Danger of Testing Airplanes D. How Airplanes are Made and
Tested
E
If you are a recent social science graduate who has had to listen
to jokes about unemployment from your computer major classmates,
you may have had the last laugh. There are many advantages for the
social science major because this high-tech “Information Age” demands
people who are flexi-ble(灵活的) and who have good communication skills.
There are many social science majors in large companies who fill
important positions. For exam?ple, a number of research studies
found that social science majors had achieved greater managerial
success than those who had technical training or pre-professional
courses. Studies show that social science majors are most suited
for change, which is the leading feature(特点) of the kind of high?
speed, high-pressure, high-tech world we now live in.
Social science majors are not only experiencing success in their
long-term company jobs, but they are also finding jobs more easily.
A study showed that many companies had filled a large per?centage
of their entry-level positions with social science graduates. The
study also showed that the most sought-after quality in a person
who was looking for a job was communication skills, noted as “very
important” by 92 percent of the companies. Social science majors
have these skills, often without knowing how important they are.
It is probably due to these skills that they have been offered a
wide variety of positions.
Finally, although some social science majors may still find it more
difficult than their technical?ly trained classmates to land the
first job, recent graduates report that they don’t regret their
choice of study.
72. By saying that “you may have had the last laugh” in the first
paragraph, the author means that you may have _______.
A. shared the jokes with computer majors
B. earned as much as computer majors
C. found jobs more easily than computer majors
D. stopped joking about computer majors
73. Compared with graduates of other subjects, social science graduates
______.
A. are ready to change when situations change
B. are better able to deal with difficulties
C. are equally good at computer skills
D. are likely to give others pressure
74. The underlined word “land” in the last paragraph probably means
_______.
A. keep for some time B. successfully get
C. immediately start D. lose regretfully
75. According to the text, what has made it easy for social science
graduates to find jobs?
A. Willingness to take low-paid jobs.
B. Readiness to gain high-tech knowledge.
C. Skills in expressing themselves.
D. Part-time work experience.
第二卷(共35分)
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节 短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边的横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线( \ )划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线( \ )划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏词符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear Ralph,
I’m a newcomer here of a small town. I would 76. _____
describe myself as shy and quietly. Before my classmates, 77. _____
it seems always difficult for me to do things well as 78. _____
them. I’m sure they will laugh to me and see me as 79. _____
a fool. So I feel unhappy every day. 80. _____
Besides, I have few friends. I don’t know that they 81. _____
don’t like to talked with me. Sometimes, we talked to each other
82. _____
very well in class, but after class we become stranger at 83. _____
once. I am trying to improve the situation since it doesn’t 84.
_____
seem to work. Can you tell me about what I should do? 85. _____
Yours,
Xiao Wei
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
假设你是李华，你在报上看到北京电视台今年7月将举办外国人“学中文，唱中文歌”才艺大赛。你的美国朋友Peter正在北京一所大学学中文，你觉得他应去试一试。请按以下要点给他写信告知此事，并表示可以提供帮助。
比赛时间：7 月18日
报名时间：截止到6月30日
报名地点：北京电视台
注意：1.词数：100左右
2.可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
3. 参考词汇：才艺大赛talent show
Dear Peter,
________________________________________________________________
Yours,
Li Hua
【参考答案】
1~5 BABAC 6~10 ABBCA 11~15 CBCAC
16~20 CACBB 21~25 DACAB 26~30 DCAAD
31~35 BCAAD 36~40 AABDA 41~45 BDDCB
46~50 DCACB 51~55 ACDBD 56~60 BDABC
61~65 ADACD 66~70 DCBAB 71~75 ACABC
76. of→from 77. quietly→quiet
78. well 前加as 79. to→at 80. √ 81. that→why 82. talked→talk 83. stranger→strangers
84. since→but 85. 去掉about
One possible version:
Dear Peter,
I read in a newspaper today that a “Learn Chinese, Sing Chinese
Songs Foreigners Talent Show will be held in Beijing Television
Station on July 18. I know you like singing, and you are in Beijing
during that period. I think this is a good chance for you to show
your singing talent, and how well you’ve learned Chinese. If you
would like to try, you’ll have to go to the TV station to sign up
before the end of June. If there is anything I can do for you, I
would be more than glad to help.
Yours,
Li Hua
2004年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试?英语试题?全国卷II
(吉林、黑龙江、云南、贵州、四川)
第一卷(共115分)
一、听力(共两节，满分30分)
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ＄19.15. B. ＄9.15. C. ＄9.18.
答案是B。
1. What did the woman do yesterday evening?
A. She stayed at home. B. She went to a meeting.
C. She went to see the doctor.
2. What is the most probable cause of the man’s sickness?
A. He caught a cold. B. He ate some cold food.
C. He slept very little.
3. How will the woman go home this evening?
A. She will walk home herself.
B. The man will drive her home.
C. Her classmate will take her home.
4. Where does the conversation take place?
A. At the man’s home. B. In a restaurant.
C. In an office.
5. What are the two speakers going to do?
A. Talk about their work. B. Eat out together.
C. Buy some coffee in the market.
第二节(共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听下面一段对话，回答第6~7题。
6. What did they do last night?
A. They attended a drawing class.
B. They went to an exhibition.
C. They had a party.
7. Why did the man call the woman?
A. To offer her a ride. B. To say sorry to her.
C. To invite her out.
听下面一段对话，回答第8~10题。
8. What is the man doing now?
A. Playing with friends. B. Reading a newspaper.
C. Watching a sports program.
9. What does the woman want to talk about with the man?
A. Something about their son. B. A television show.
C. Their future plan.
10. When does the man agree to talk with the woman?
A. Right now. B. In five minutes.
C. During the break.
听下面一段对话，回答第11~14题。
11. What is Mr. Smith?
A. A teacher. B. A writer.
C. A book seller.
12. How many books do the speakers plan to buy?
A. Two. B. Three. C. Five.
13. What is the speakers挔main problem with the books?
A. The books cost too much.
B. The books are difficult to read.
C. They want the same books.
14. What does the woman suggest they do?
A. Each buy their favourite books.
B. Share the cost of the books equally.
C. Spend fifty dollars on the books.
听下面一段对话，回答第15~17题。
15. What is the relationship between the man and the woman?
A. Husband and wife. B. Patient and nurse.
C. Customer and shop assistant.
16. What do we know about the man?
A. He drinks twice a week. B. He is in poor health.
C. He smokes once in a while.
17. What does the woman think about the man’s drinking habit?
A. He should cut down on his drinking.
B. He may keep his drinking habit.
C. He should stop drinking completely.
听下面一段对话，回答第18~20题。
18. Why did the speaker want to move?
A. She didn’t feel comfortable living there.
B. She wanted to find a cheaper flat.
C. She didn’t want to live in the city centre.
19. How many children does the speaker have?
A. Two. B. Three. C. Four.
20. What did they do with the house they bought?
A. They asked the manager to repair it.
B. They fixed it themselves.
C. They immediately sold it.
二、英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节：单项填空(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child______ he or
she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
21. —Can I look at the menu for a few more minutes before I decide?
—Of course. _______ sir.
A. Make yourself at home B. Enjoy yourself
C. It doesn’t matter D. Take your time
22. When first _______ to the market, these products enjoyed great
success.
A. introducing B. introduced C. introduce D. being introduced
23. There were dirty marks on her trousers ______ she had wiped
her hands.
A. where B. which C. when D. that
24. The evening news comes on at seven o’clock and ______ only thirty
minutes.
A. keeps B. continues C. finishes D. lasts
25. —Has Sam finished his homework today?
—I have no idea. He ______ it this morning.
A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done
26. The forest guards often find campfires that have not been _____
completely.
A. turned down B. put out C. put away D. turned over
27. _____ you call me to say you’re not coming, I’ll see you at
the theatre.
A. Though B. Whether C. Until D. Unless
28. “We can’t go out in this weather,” said Bob, ______ out of the
window.
A. looking B. to look C. looked D. having looked
29. You ______ be tired — you’ve only been working for an hour.
A. must not B. won’t C. can’t D. may not
30. I ______ you not to move my dictionary — now I can’t find it.
A. asked B. ask C. was asking D. had asked
31. If you buy more than ten, they knock 20 pence off ______.
A. a price B. price C. the price D. prices
32. —Do you like ______ here?
—Oh, yes. The air, the weather, the way of life. Everything is so
nice.
A. this B. these C. that D. it
33. I must be getting fat—I can ______ do my trousers up.
A. fairly B. hardly C. nearly D. seldom
34. According to the art dealer, the painting ___ to go for at least
a million dollars.
A. is expected B. expects C. expected D. is expecting
35. That’s an unpleasant thing to say about your father after ______
he’s done for you.
A. something B. anything C. all D. that
第二节：完形填空(共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36~55各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Tracy Wong is a well-known Chinese-American writer. But her writing
___36___ was something she picked up by herself. After her first
___37___, teaching disabled children, she became a part-time writer
for IBM. ___38___, writing stories was simply a ___39___ interest.
Tracy sent three of her stories to a publisher(出版商). ___40___, they
immediately suggested that she put them together to make a single
one long ___41___ and paid Tracy a $50,000 advance. “A pretty money,”
said the publisher, “for ___42___ writer.”
43 Tracy’s characters(人物) are interesting, her stories sometimes
___44___ readers uneasy: those about the supernatural. “My mother
believed I could ___45___ the afterlife world,” she told a close
friend. “She used to have me speak with my grandmother, who died
many years ago.”
“Can I? I don’t think I can,” Tracy said with a laugh. “But I do
have ___46___when things come to me ___47___ .” Once, she was wondering
how to complete a 48 set in ancient(古代的) China. ___49___the doorbell
rang. It was a FedEx delivery man, with a copy of a book on Chinese
___50___. It came without her having ___51___it.
Though she has published 10 books, Tracy has remained ___52___ by
her fame. She lives in the same ___53___ she lived 27 years ago
— although in a more comfortable home. There s more room for ___54___in
her life and it wasn’t just 55 .
36. A. skill B. experience C. practice D. method
37. A. duty B. effort C. job D. task
38. A. Instead B. Normally C. Certainly D. Then
39. A. general B. deep C. personal D. lively
40. A. Interested B. Anxiously C. Seriously D. Encouraged
41. A. film B. story C. program D. article
42. A. a foreign B. a popular C. an unusual D. an unknown
43. A. Now that B. Even though C. Just because D. Except that
44. A. find B. turn C. leave D. hold
45. A. make up B. connect with C. control D. explain
46. A. events B. chances C. feelings D. moments
47. A. for no reason B. from a distance C. by accident D. as gifts
48. A. description B. pointing C. scene D. talk
49. A. Surprisingly B. Suddenly C. Expectedly D. Fortunately
50. A. cooking B. history C. play D. medicine
51. A. known B. sent C. realized D. ordered
52. A. unchanged B. excited C. determined D. unmoved
53. A. life B. city C. house D. way
54. A. success B. work C. joy D. variety
55. A. writing B. reporting C. luck D. fun
三、阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Rome had the Forum. London has Speaker’s Corner. Now always-on-the-go
New Yorkers have Liz and Bill.
Liz and Bill, two college graduates in their early 20s, have spent
a whole year trying to have thousands of people talk to them in
subway stations and on busy street corners. Just talk.
Using a 2-foot-tall sign that says, “Talk to Me, they attract conversationalists,
who one evening included a mental patient, and men in business suits.
They don’t collect money. They don’t push religion(宗教). So what’s
the point?
“To see what happens,” said Liz. “We simply enjoy life with open
communication(交流).”
Shortly after the September 11, 2001 attacks, they decided to walk
from New York City to Washington, a 270-mile trip. They found they
loved talking to people along the way and wanted to continue talking
with strangers after their return.
“It started as a crazy idea,” Liz said. “We were so curious about
all the strangers walking by with their life stories. People will
talk to us about anything: their jobs, their clothes, their childhood
experiences, anything.”
Denise wanted to talk about an exam she was about to take. She had
stopped by for the second time in two days, to let the two listeners
know how it went.
Marcia had lost her husband to a serious disease. “That was very
heavy on my mind,” Marcia said. “To be able to talk about it to
total strangers was very good,” she explained.
To celebrate a year of talking, the two held a get-together in a
city park for all the people they had met over the past year. A
few hundred people showed up, as well as some television cameramen
and reporters.
They may plan more parties or try to attract more people to join
their informal talks. Some publishers have expressed interest in
a book, something they say they’ll consider.
56. What did Liz and Bill start doing after September 2001?
A. Chatting with people. B. Setting up street signs.
C. Telling stories to strangers. D. Organizing a speaker’s corner.
57. What they have been doing can be described as ______.
A. pointless B. normal C. crazy D. successful
58. Why are Denise and Marcia mentioned in the text?
A. They knew Liz and Bill very well.
B. They happened to meet the writer of the text.
C. They organized the get-together in the city park.
D. They are examples of those who talked to Liz and Bill.
59. What will Liz and Bill do in the future?
A. Go in for publishing. B. Do more television programs.
C. Continue what they are doing. D. Spend more time reading books.
60. How do they like the idea of writing a book?
A. They have decided to wait a year or two.
B. They will think about it carefully.
C. They agreed immediately.
D. They find it hard to do that.
B
My first reaction was annoyance. It was Friday afternoon, and I
was within an hour of finishing my work for the week. As I was leaving,
a nurse brought me one more patient message. The statement read:
“Mrs. Jones called to say that she has had blurred vision(视觉模糊)
ever since her medical test this morning.” I smiled. Suddenly our
tests were causing eye problems.
This week my patients had questioned everything. My patient with
high blood pressure had stopped coming to her treatment on the advice
of an Internet chat room. A woman who had a mental problem was substituting(用…代替)
St. John’s word for her medication. Now Mrs. Jones was imagining
problems. I rolled my eyes.
My second reaction was worry. As I looked through her record, I
tried to figure out why she would have blurred vision, but nothing
in her record explained the new problem. She’s probably just anxious,
I thought. Still, she wouldn’t have called if she had been all right.
I picked up the phone.
What I next felt can only be described as delight. Before I made
the call, the nurse ran in: Mrs. Jones called. Her vision is fine.
Turns out she picked up the wrong glasses when she left the office.
The X-ray technician has been having the same problem. I let out
a laugh. Mrs. Jones had been right. Her vision had been blurred.
Now we know why.
Finally I felt shame. I came to realize what Mrs. Jones had taught
me. I had first known she was wrong, that her anxiety had clouded
her judgment. Instead, my medical training had clouded mine. Now
I feel thankful that Mrs. Jones figured it out before I made a mistake
about our relationship. Patients come to me for my help. They pay
me to listen, diagnose(诊断), treat and talk. That suggests trust;
I must remember that, and trust them too.
61. The writer smiled while reading the patient message because
he knew _____.
A. Mrs. Jones would ask for more tests
B. the patient was being unreasonable
C. the nurse was joking with him
D. Mrs. Jones would call him
62. What has caused Mrs. Jones’ eye problem?
A. Wrong glasses. B. Medical check up.
C. Her own imagination. D. Chatting on the Internet.
63. The underlined words “clouded her judgment” in the last paragraph
probably mean _______.
A. made her less trustful toward the doctor
B. put her in control of her own feelings
C. made her less able to think clearly
D. put her in a dangerous situation
C
It’s not the flashiest car in the world. Not even close. But the
1971 Volkswagen named Helios can do something most cars can’t: run
on solar energy — energy from the sun’s light and heat!
Joshua Beehtold, 14, and the other students at the Riverside School
in Lyndonville, Vermont, worked many months to get Helios ready
for the 1999 American Tour de Sol(“Sol” is the Latin word for “sun”).
They named their car after Helios, the sun god in Greek mythology(神话).
The 4-year-old Tour de Sol encourages the use of “green”, or environmentally
friendly cars to help reduce pollution and save energy. It’s not
a race. Cars are judged on fuel efficiency(耗油量) rather than speed.
In the week-long event, 44 cars took the 350-mile tour from Waterbury,
Connecticut, to Lake George, New York. Of the 23 student cars, Helios
was the only one built by middle school students.
A teacher drove Helios, but the children talked with people wherever
they stopped along the road. “That was my favorite part,” says Anna
Browne, 15. “We explained how the car runs.”
Due in part to old, inefficient batteries(电池), Helios finished fourth-out
of four-in its kind, the sun-powered class. “We were there for the
fun of it, Anna says. “We’re proud of Helios, says Ariel Gleicher,
14. “It’s a car that’s good for the environment.”
64. What is special about the car Helios in the text?
A. It was built by middle school students.
B. It has an attractive design.
C. It was made in 1971.
D. It won the fourth prize.
65. How many sun-powered cars took part in the race?
A. 1. B. 4. C. 23. D. 44.
66. What would be the best title for the text?
A. The Making of Helios B. 1999 American Tour de Sol
C. Sun-powered Cars on the Road D. Use of Green Cars in Connecticut
67. The students felt proud of Helios because______.
A. it could run as far as 350 miles B. it was favored by many children
C. it had high-quality batteries D. it was driven by clean energy
D
The other day, my friend Jane was invited to a 40th birthday party.
The time printed on the invitation was 7:30 pm. Jane went off with
her husband, expecting a merry evening of wine, food, and song.
By 9:45, everybody was having great fun, but no food had appeared.
Jane and David were restless. Other guests began whispering that
they, too, were starving. But no one wanted to leave, just in case
some food was about to appear. By 11:00, there was still no food,
and everyone was completely off their heads. Jane and David left
hungry and angry.
Their experience suggests that the words on the printed invitations
need to be made clearer. Everyone reads and understands the invitations
differently. Most of us would agree that 6:30 -8:30 pm means drinks
only, go out to dinner afterwards; 8:00 pm or 8:30 pm means possible
dinner, but 9:30 pm and any time thereafter means no food, eat beforehand,
roll up late.
But this is not always the case. If asked to a students’ party at
6:30 pm, it is normal for guests not to appear before midnight,
if at all, and no one cares. Being the first to arrive—looking eager—is
social death. When my mother is asked to a party at 6:30, she likes
to be there, if not on time, then no later than seven. My age group(late
thirties) falls somewhere between the two, but because we still
think we’re young, we’re probably closer to student-time than grown-up
time.
The accepted custom at present is confusing(混乱的), sometimes annoying,
and it often means you may go home hungry, but it does lend every
party that precious element(成分) of surprise.
68. The underlined words “off their heads” probably mean ______.
A. tired B. crazy C. curious D. hopeless
69. Jane and David’s story is used to show that ______.
A. petty-goers usually get hungry at parties
B. party invitations can be confusing
C. people should ask for food at parties
D. birthday parties for middle-aged people are dull
70. For some young people, arriving on time for a students’ party
will probably be considered _______.
A. very difficult B. particularly thoughtful
C. friendly and polite D. socially unacceptable
71. According to the writer, people in their late thirties _______.
A. are likely to arrive late for a party B. care little about the
party time
C. haven’t really grown up yet D. like surprises at parties
72. What is the general idea of the text?
A. It’s safe to arrive late just when food is served.
B. It’s wise to eat something before going to a party.
C. It’s important to follow social rules of party-going.
D. It’s necessary to read invitations carefully.
E
Cannes will rock to the sound of a cancan dance this year when Moulin
Rouge by the Australian director Baz Luhrmann opens the French film
festival(电影节) in May. The musical star Nicole Kidman as a singer,
and John Leguizamo as the artist Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec. It will
be competing for the Palme d’Or, the festival’s top prize. The festival
runs to May 21.
The American actor Tommy Lee Jones, 54, has married his longtime
girlfriend, Dawn Maria Laurel, 36, in a private wedding in San Antonio.
“It wasn’t a big to-do,” said Fred Biery, a U.S. District Judge
who performed the service. He refused to discuss things further.
“These are very private people,” he said.
Loretta Lynn is being treated for a very bad cold in Tennessee and
will miss several appearances. The country singer, 65, was admitted
to a hospital near her home in Hurricane Mills. “She is in good
condition, but the doctors are watching her closely,” a spokeswoman
said.
The French-Algerian singer Enrico Macias was named a United Nations
peace messenger. Enrico joins eight other people who act as goodwill
envoys(使者) for the United Nations, among them are the writer Elie
Wiesel and the basketball player Magic Johnson.
73. We can learn from the text that Henri de Toulouse-Lautrec is
______.
A. a figure in a film B. a dancer in a show
C. a country singer D. a prize winner
74. We know from the text that _______.
A. Moulin Rouge won the top prize in a film festival
B. Loretta Lynn is under the doctors’ care
C. eight people serve as the UN goodwill envoys
D. Fred Biery was Tommy Lee Jones’ assistant
75. This text most probably appears in _____.
A. a book on film stars B. a film review in a magazine
C. a newspaper D. a notice
第二卷(共35分)
四、写作(共两节，满分35分)
第一节：短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上划一个勾(√)，如果有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线( \ )划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
On Thursday I will have to decide what I want myself to 76. ________
do over a weekend. I am thinking of making a trip 77. ________
to London, and visit the British Museum and some 78. ________
parks. But I have spent most my money, so I cannot 79. ________
even go out of town. I may go to a film, or a concert. 80. ________
Yes, a concert can be very excited. You can watch your 81. ________
stars while enjoying your favorite music. So then, a 82. ________
concert cost so much. I may just listen to music. I have 83. ________
some records giving to me as birthday gifts. If I listen 84. ________
to my own records, there are no need to spend money. 85. ________
All right. That’s what I’m going to do.
第二节 书面表达(满分25分)
假设你是李华，加拿大一所学校将于今年暑假组织学生来你校访问。其间，Andy Smith将借住你家。请你代表全家写信给Andy，欢迎他的到来，并告知有关事宜。信的要点如下：
※ 上午：学校活动
※ 下午：游览市区
※ 晚上：看电视，玩游戏，聊天
注意：1. 词数：100左右
2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
3. 参考词汇：安排arrange
【参考答案】
1~5 ABCBA 6~10 CBCAC 11~15 ACABB
16~20 CBAAB 21~25 DBADC 26~30 BDACA
31~35 CDBAC 36~40 ACDCA 41~45 BDBCB
46~50 DACBB 51~55 DADCA 56~60 ADDCB
61~65 BACAB 66~70 CDBBD 71~75 ACABC
76. 划掉 myself 77. 第一个a →the 78. visit → visiting
79. my前加of 80. √ 81. excited → exciting
82. So→But 83. cost→costs 84. giving→given
85. are→is
One possible version
Dear Andy,
I am glad to learn that you are coming to China and will stay at
my home.
My parents and I are very pleased to have you with us. Now let me
tell you what we have arranged for you. I know the school will organize
a lot of things for you to do in the morning, but in the afternoon,
I’ll show you around and take you to some places of interest. We’ll
mostly stay at home in the evening watching TV, playing games, and
meeting people. I’m sure we’ll have a wonderful time and enjoy each
other’s company.
I’m looking forward very much to meeting you soon.
Yours sincerely,
Li Hua
2005年高考英语全国卷（一）
（河北、河南、安徽、山西、海南）
YCYYCY
本试卷分为第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。
第一卷
第一部分：听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节 （共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt ?
A. ￡19.15. B. ￡9.15. C. ￡9.18.
答案是B.
1. How much will the woman pay if she buys two skirts ?
A. $18. B. $19. C. $20.
2. What will the speakers discuss ?
A. A report . B. A computer . C. A report on computer .
3. What are the speakers talking about ?
A. A child . B. A room . C. A present .
4. What can we learn from this conversation ?
A. The woman does not get along well with the man .
B. The woman does not get along well with her roommate .
C. The man will talk with the woman’s roommate .
5. Where are the two speakers now ?
A. On the first floor . B. On the fourth floor . C. On the fifth
floor.
第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What was the woman doing before she went home ?
A. Typing a report . B. Rewriting a report . C. Reviewing a report
.
7. Where did the woman have her dinner ?
A. In a restaurant . B. In her office . C. At home .
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. Why does the man feel surprised ?
A. The woman has found a new job .
B. The woman doesn’t feel like leaving .
C. The woman disagrees with him .
9. What does the woman say about her department ?
A. there is a lack of trust .
B. There are serious problems .
C. There is too much pressure .
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What are the speakers talking about ?
A. Popular sports events .
B. TV programs people like best .
C. Things people do after work .
11. How did the woman do the research ?
A. She talked to people .
B. She sent letters to people .
C. She collected information from newspapers .
12. What do most people do in their spare time ?
A. Go to movies . B. Read books . C. Watch TV.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. Where does this conversation take place ?
A. At the airport . B. In a restaurant . C. On the street .
14. Why does the woman like San Francisco ?
A. It has less traffic .
B. It has the best food and music .
C. People there are friendlier .
15. Where does the woman come from ?
A. Pennsylvania . B. San Francisco . C. China .
16. What does the woman think of the man’s English ?
A. Excellent . B. Acceptable . C. Strange .
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. How many people are there in the woman’s family ?
A. Three . B. Four . C. Five .
18. What did the children think about having dinner together at
home ?
A. They thought it was funny .
B. They disliked the idea at first .
C. They preferred eating with friends .
19. How often did the family finally decide to have meals together
?
A. Every Sunday . B. Twice a week . C. Three times a week .
20. Who finally set the time for these family dinners ?
A. The children . B. The father . C. The woman speaker .
第二部分：英语知识运用（共两节, 满分45分）
第一节：语法和词汇知识（共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项,并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants
.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B.
21. —Can I speak to Mr. Wang , please ?
—
A. Who are you ? B. I’m Wang . C. Speaking D. Are you John ?
22. No one helped me . I did it all myself .
A. for B. by C. from D. to
23. Mary wrote an article on the team had failed to win the game
.
A. why B. what C. who D. that
24. I have many friends , some are businessmen .
A. of them B. from which C. who of D. of whom
25. We haven’t enough books for ; some of you will have to share
.
A. somebody B. anybody C. everybody D. nobody
26. Tom , you leave all your clothes on the floor like this !
A. wouldn’t B. mustn’t C. needn’t D. may not
27. They wanted to charge $ 5, 000 for the car , we managed to bring
the price down .
A. but B. so C. when D. since
28. —What would you do if it tomorrow ?
—We have to carry it on , since we’ve got everything ready .
A. rain B. rains C. will rain D. is raining
29. My parents will move back into town in a year or .
A. later B. after C. so D. about
30. It wasn’t until nearly a month later I received the manager’s
reply .
A. since B. when C. as D. that
31. —Oh dear ! I’ve just broken a window .
— .It can’t be helped .
A. Never mind B. All right C. That’s fine D. Not at all
32. The storm left , a lot of damage to this area .
A. caused B. to have caused C. to cause D. having caused
33. The hero’s story differently in the newspapers .
A. was reported B. was reporting C. reports D. reported
34. The coffee is wonderful ! It doesn’t taste like anything I before
.
A. was having B. have C. have ever had D. had ever had
35. The chairman thought necessary to invite Professor Smith to
speak at the meeting .
A. that B. it C. this D. him
第二节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，掌握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
One afternoon I was sitting at my favorite table in a restaurant
, waiting for the food I had ordered to arrive . Suddenly I 36 that
a man sitting at a table near the window kept glancing in my direction
, 37 he knew me . The man had a newspaper 38 in front of him , which
he was 39 to read , but I could 40 that he was keeping an eye on
me . When the waiter brought my 41 the man was clearly puzzled (困惑)
by the 42 way in which the waiter and I 43 each other . He seemed
even more puzzled as 44 went on and it became 45 that all the waiters
in the restaurant knew me . Finally he got up and went into the
46 . When he came out , he paid his bill and 47 without another
glance in my direction .
I called the owner of the restaurant and asked what the man had
48 . “Well,” he said , “that man was a detective (侦探) . He 49 you
here because he thought you were the man he 50 .” “What ?” I said
, showing my 51 . The owner continued , “He came into the kitchen
and showed me a photo of the wanted man. I 52 say he looked very
much like you ! Of course , since we know you , we told him that
he had made a 53 .” “Well , it’s really 54 I came to a restaurant
where I’m known ,” I said . “ 55 , I might have been in trouble
.”
36. A. knew B. understood C. noticed D. recognized
37. A. since B. even if C. though D. as if
38. A. flat B. open C. cut D. fixed
39. A. hoping B. thinking C. pretending D. continuing
40. A. see B. find C. guess D. learn
41. A. menu B. bill C. paper D. food
42. A. direct B. familiar C. strange D. funny
43. A. chatted with B. looked at C. laughed at D. talked about
44. A. the waiter B. time C. I D. the dinner
45. A. true B. hopeful C. clear D. possible
46. A. restaurant B. washroom C. office D. kitchen
47. A. left B. acted C. sat down D. calmed down
48. A. wanted B. tried C. ordered D. wished
49. A. met B. caught C. followed D. discovered
50. A. was to beat B. was dealing with C. was to meet D. was looking
for
51. A. care B. surprise C. worry D. regret
52. A. must B. can C. need D. may
53. A. discovery B. mistake C. decision D. fortune
54. A. a pity B. natural C. a chance D. lucky
55. A. Thus B. However C. Otherwise D. Therefore
第三部分：阅读理解（共20小题，每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项。
A
Pet owners are being encouraged to take their animals to work ,
a move scientists say can be good for productivity , workplace morale
(士气), and the well-being of animals .
A study found that 25% of Australian women would like to keep an
office pet . Sue Chaseling of Petcare information Service said the
practice of keeping office pets was good both for the people and
the pets . “On the pets’ side , they are not left on their own and
won’t feel lonely and unhappy,” she said . A study of major US companies
showed that 73% found office pets beneficial (有益的) , while 27% experienced
a drop in absenteeism (缺勤).
Xarni Riggs has two cats walking around her Global Hair Salon in
Paddington . “My customers love them . they are their favorites
,” she said . “They are not troublesome . They know when to go and
have a sleep in the sun .”
Little black BJ has spent nearly all his two years “working” at
Punch Gallery in Balmain . Owner Iain Powell said he had had cats
at the gallery for 15 years . “BJ often lies in the shop window
and people walking past tap on the glass ,” he said .
Ms Chaseling said cats were popular in service industries because
they enabled a point of conversation . But she said owners had to
make sure both their co-workers and the cats were comfortable .
56. The percentage of American companies that are in favor of keeping
office pets is .
A. 73% B. 27% C. 25% D. 15%
57. We know from the text that “BJ”
A. works in the Global Hair Salon B. often greets the passers-by
C. likes to sleep in the sun D. is a two-year-old cat
58. The best title for this text would be .
A. Pets Help Attract Customers B. Your Favorite Office Pets
C. Pets Join the Workforce D. Busy Life for Pets
B
MONTREAL (Reuters) – Crossing the US-Canada border（边界）to go to church
on a Sunday cost a US citizen ＄10,000 for breaking Washington’s
strict new security（安全）rules.
The expensive trip to church was a surprise for Richard Albert,
who lives right on the Canadian border. Like the other half-dozen
people of Township 15, crossing the border is a daily occurrence
for Albert. The nearby Quebec village of St. Pamphile is where they
shop, eat and go to church.
There are many such situations in these areas along the largely
unguarded 5,530-mile border between Canada and the US — which in
some cases actually runs down the middle of streets or through buildings.
As a result, Albert says he did not expect any problems three weeks
ago when he returned home to the US after attending church in Canada,
as usual. The US customs（海关）station in this area is closed on Sundays,
so he just drove around the locked gate, as he had done every weekend
since the gate appeared last May, following a tightening of border
security. Two days later, Albert was told to go to the customs office,
where an officer told him he had been caught on carnera crossing
the border illegally（非法）.
Ottawa has given out special passes to some 300 US citizens in that
area so they can enter the country when Canadian customs stations
are closed, but the US stopped a similar program last May. That
forces the people to a 200-mile detour along hilly roads to get
home through another border checkpoint.
Albert has requested that the customs office change their decisions
on the fine, but he has not attended a Sunday church since. “I feel
like I’m living in a prison,” he said.
59. We learn from the text that Richard Albert is .
A. an American living in Township 15
B. a Canadian living in a Quebec village
C. a Canadian working in a customs station
D. an American working in a Canadian church
60. Albert was fined because he .
A. failed to obey traffic rules
B. broke the American security rules
C. worked in St. Pamphile without a pass
D. damaged the gate of the customs office
61. The underlined word “detour” in paragraph 5 means .
A. a drive through the town B. a race across the fields
C. a roundabout way of travelling D. a journey in the mountain area
62. What would be the best title for the text?
A. A Cross-country Trip B. A Special Border Pass
C. An Unguarded Border D. An Expensive Church Visit
C
Welcome to Adventureland!
Everyone loves Adventureland! The Parks and Exhibitions were built
for you to explore（探索）, enjoy, and admire their wonders. Every visit
will be an unforgettable experience. You will go away enriched,
longing to come back. What are you going to do this time?
The Travel Pavilion
Explore places you have never been to before, and experience different
ways of life.
Visit the Amazon jungle（丛林）village, the Turkish market, the Tai
floating market, the Berber mountain house and others. Talk to the
people there who will tell you about their lives, and things they
make. You can try making a carpet, making nets, fishing…
The Future Tower
This exhibition shows how progress will touch our lives. It allows
us to look into the future and explore the cities of the next century
and the way we’ll be living then. Spend some time in our space station
and climb into our simulator（模拟装置）for the Journey to Mars!
The Nature Park
This is not really one park but several.
In the Safari Park you can drive among African animals in one of
our Range Cruisers: see lions, giraffes, elephants in the wild.
Move on to the Ocean Park to watch the dolphins and whales. And
then there is still the Aviary to see…
The Pyramid
This is the center of Adventureland. Run out of film, need some
postcards and stamps? For all these things and many more, visit
our underground shopping center. Come here for information and ideas
too.
63. The Travel Pavilion is built to help visitors .
A. realize the importance of travelling
B. become familiar with mountain countries
C. learn how to make things such as fishing nets
D. learn something about different places in the world
64. If you are interested in knowing about what people’s life will
be, you may visit .
A. the Travel Pavilion B. the Future Tower
C. the Safari Park D. the Pyrmid
65. If you want to get a toy lion to take home, where will you most
likely go?
A. The Pyramid. B. The Nature Park.
C. The Future Tower. D. The Travel Parvilion.
D
As any homemaker who has tried to keep order at the dinner table
knows, there is far more to a family meal than food. Sociologist
Michael Lewis has been studying 50 families to find out just how
much more.
Lewis and his co-workers carried out their study by videotaping(录像)
the families while they ate ordinary meals in their own homes. They
found that parents with small families talk actively with each other
and their children. But as the number of children gets larger, conversation
gives way to the parents’ efforts to control the loud noise they
make. That can have an important effect on the children. “In general
the more question-asking the parents do, the higher the children’s
IQ scores,” Lewis says. “And the more children there are, the less
question-asking there is.”
The study also provides an explanation for why middle children often
seem to have a harder time in life than their siblings(兄弟姐妹). Lewis
found that in families with three or four children, dinner conversation
is likely to center on the oldest child, who has the most to talk
about, and the youngest, who needs the most attention. “Middle children
are invisible,” says Lewis. “When you see someone get up from the
table and walk around during dinner, chances are it’s the middle
child.” There is, however, one thing that stops all conversation
and prevents anyone from having attention: “When the TV is on,”
Lewis says, “dinner is a non-event.”
66. The writer’s purpose in writing the text is to _________.
A. show the relationship between parents and children
B. teach parents ways to keep order at the dinner table
C. report on the findings of a study
D. give information about family problems
67. Parents with large families ask fewer questions at dinner because
____________.
A. they are busy serving food to their children
B. they are busy keeping order at the dinner table
C. they have to pay more attention to younger children
D. they are tired out having prepared food for the whole family
68. By saying “Middle children are invisible” in paragraph 3, Lewis
means that middle children _________.
A. have to help their parents to serve dinner
B. get the least attention from the family
C. are often kept away from the dinner table
D. find it hard to keep up with other children
69. Lewis’ research provides an answer to the question _________.
A. why TV is important in family life
B. why parents should keep good order
C. why children in small families seem to be quieter
D. why middle children seem to have more difficulties in life
70. Which of the following statements would the writer agree to?
A. It is important to have the right food for children.
B. It is a good idea to have the TV on during dinner.
C. Parents should talk to each of their children frequently.
D. Elder children should help the younger ones at dinner
E
“Soon, you’re going to have to move out!” cried my neighbor upon
seeing the largest tomato plant known to mankind, or at least known
in my neighborhood.
One tiny 9-inch plant, bought for $1.25 in the spring, has already
taken over much of my rose bed, covering much of other plants, and
is well on its way to the front door.
Roses require a good deal of care, and if it weren’t for the pleasure
they give, it wouldn’t be worth the work. As it is, I have a garden
full of sweet-smelling roses for most of the year. bushes must be
pruned(剪枝) in early spring, leaving ugly woody branches until the
new growth appears a few weeks later. It was the space available(可用的)
in the garden that led me into planting just one little tomato plant.
A big mistake.
Soil conditions made just perfect for roses turn out to be even
more perfect for tomatoes. The daily watering coupled with full
sun and regular fertilizing(施肥) have turned the little plant into
a tall bush. The cage I placed around it as the plant grew has long
since disappeared under the thick leaves.
Now the task I face in harvesting the fruit is twofold; First, I
have to find the red ones among the leaves, which means I almost
have to stand on my head, and once found I have to reach down and
under, pick the tomatoes and withdraw(缩回) my full fist without dropping
the prize so dearly won. I found two full-blown white roses completely
hidden as I picked tomatoes in June, but they were weak and the
leaves already yellow for lack of light.
Here I am faced with a painful small decision: To tear up a wonderful
and productive tomato plant that offers up between ten and twenty
ripe sweet tomatoes each day or say goodbye to several expensive
and treasured roses. Like Scarlett in Gone With the Wind, I’ll think
about that tomorrow.
71. What are the requirements for the healthy growth of roses ?
A. A lot of care and the right soil.
B. Frequent pruning and fertilizing.
C. Tomato plants grown alongside.
D. Cages placed around the roots.
72. The writer planted the tomato because _________.
A. it cost only $1.25
B. the soil was just right for it
C. there was room for it in the garden
D. the roses’ branches needed to be covered
73. This year the writer’s roses were __________.
A. removed from the rose bed
B. picked along with the tomatoes
C. mostly damaged by too much sunlight
D. largely hidden under the tomato plant
74. By saying “the prize so dearly won” in paragraph 5, the writer
wants to ________.
A. show the difficulty in picking the tomatoes
B. show the hardship of growing the roses
C. express her liking for the roses
D. express her care for the tomatoes
75. In the situation described in the text, one good thing is that
________.
A. the roses cost the writer little money
B. the writer has a daily harvest of tomatoes
C. someone will help the writer make the decision
D. the writer can now enjoy both the roses and tomatoes
第二卷（共35分）
第四部分：写作（共2节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错(共10 小题；每小题 1分, 满分10分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行做出判断：如无错误, 在该行右边横线上画一个钩（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），
则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉, 在该行右边横线上写出该词,并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
There are advantage for students to work while 76. __________
studying at school. One of them was that 77. __________
they can earn money. For the most part, 78. __________
students working to earn money for their own 79. __________
use. Earning their own money allow them 80. __________
to spend on anything as if they please. 81. __________
They would have to ask their parents for 82. __________
money or for permission to do things by 83. __________
the money. Some students may also to save 84. __________
up for our college or future use. 85. __________
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你是李华，正在英国牛津参加短期语言培训，计划星期天去伦敦旅游。互联网上一则广告引起了你的注意，但一些具体信息不明确（箭头所指内容）。请给该旅行社发一封电子邮件，询问有关情况。
注意：1. 词数100左右，信的格式已为你写好。
2. 可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
3. 参考词汇：牛津——Oxford 费用——fee
Dear Sir/Madame,
Li Hua
试题答案
1—5 BACBC 6—10 ABABC 11—15 ACABA 16—20 ACBBC
21—25 CBADC 26—30 BABCD 31—35 ADACB 36—40 CDBCA
41—45 DBABC 46—50 DAACD 51—55 BABDC 56—60 ADCAB
61—65 CDDBA 66—70 CBBDC 71—75 ACDAB
76. advantages 77. is 78. √ 79. work 80. allows 81. 去掉if 82. not
83. with 84. 去掉to 85. their
One possible version
Dear Sir/Madame,
I’m writing for more information about the day tour to London.
As a student at Oxford University, I’d like to know if you have
any special price for students. As for the money you charge, does
it cover the entrance fees for visiting the places listed? What
about lunch? Is it included? Or do I need to bring along my own
food?
How long will the tour last? Since I need to prepare my lessons
for the next day, I’d like to know the time to return. Besides,
is there any time for shopping? I really want to have a look at
the big stores in London.
Yours,
Li Hua
2005年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语招生试题
全 国 卷（Ⅱ）
(黑龙江、吉林、广西等地区)
注意事项：
1. 答第一卷前，考生务必将自己的姓名、准考证号、考试科目用铅笔涂写在答题卡上。
2. 每小题选出答案后，用铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其它答案标号。不能答在试卷上。
第一部分：听力(共两节，满分30分)
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节 (共5小题；每小题1. 5分，满分7. 5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ￡19. 15. B. ￡9. 15. C. ￡9. 18.
答案是B.
1. How much will the woman pay if she buys two skirts?
A. $18. B. $19. C. $20.
2. What will the speakers discuss?
A. A report. B. A computer. C. A report on computer.
3. What are the speakers talking about?
A. A child. B. A room. C. A present.
4. What can we learn from this conversation?
A. The woman does not get along well with the man.
B. The woman does not get along well with here roommate.
C. The man will talk with the woman’s roommate.
5. Where are the two speakers now?
A. On the first floor. B. On the fourth floor. C. On the fifth
floor.
第二节 (共15小题；每题1. 5分，满分22. 5分)
听下面5段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，每小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What was the woman doing before she went home?
A. Typing a report. B. Rewriting a report. C. Reviewing a report.
7. Where did the woman have her dinner?
A. In a restaurant. B. In her office. C. At home.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. Why does the man feel surprised?
A. The woman has found a new job.
B. The woman doesn’t feel like leaving.
C. The woman disagrees with him.
9. What does the woman say abut her department?
A. thee is a lack of trust.
B. There are serious problems.
C. There is too much pressure.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What are the speakers talking about?
A. Popular sports events.
B. TV programs people like best.
C. Things people do after work.
11. How did the woman do the research?
A. She talked to people.
B. She sent letters to people.
C. She collected information from newspapers.
12. What do most people do in their spare time?
A. Go to movies. B. Read books. C. Watch TV.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. Where does this conversation take place?
A. At the airport. B. In a restaurant. C. On the street.
14. Why does the woman like San Francisco?
A. It has less traffic.
B. It has the best food and music.
C. People there are friendlier.
15. Where does the woman come from?
A. Pennsylvania. B. San Francisco. C. China.
16. What does the woman think of the man’s English?
A. Excellent. B. Acceptable. C. Strange.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. How many people are there in the woman’s family?
A. Three. B. Four. C. Five.
18. What did the children think about having dinner together at
home?
A. They thought it was funny.
B. They disliked the idea at first.
C. They preferred eating with friends.
19. How often did the family finally decide to have meals together?
A. Every Sunday. B. Twice a week. C. Three times a week.
20. Who finally set the time for these family dinners?
A. The children. B. The father. C. The woman speaker.
第二节 语法和词汇知识(共15小题，每小题1分，满分15分)
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：We _______ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. mast have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
答案是C。
6. —Is your headache getting ______?
—No, it’s worse.
A. better B. bad C. less D. well
7. Listen to the two girls by the window. What language ______?
A. did they speak B. were they speaking
C. are they speaking D. have they been speaking
8. —Did you tell Julia about the result?
—apOh, no, I forgot. I _____ her now.
A. will be calling B. will call C. call D. am to call
9. I always take something to read when I go to the doctor’s _______
I have to wait.
A. In case B. so that C. in order D. as if
10. We hadn’t planned to meet. We met ______ chance.
A. of B. in C. for D. by
11. The poor young man is ready to accept ______ help he can get.
A. whichever B. however C. whatever D. whenever
12. —Would you like some more tea?
—______, please.
A. No more B. Just a little C. I’ve had enough D. Yes, I would
13. The doctor advised Vera strongly that she should take a holiday,
but ______ didn’t help.
A. it B. she C. which D. he
14. Before building a house, you will have to _______ the government’s
permission.
A. get from B. follow C. receive D. ask for
15. If you go by ______ train, you can have quite a comfortable
journey, but make sure you get ______ fast one.
A. the; the B. 不填；a C. the D. 不填；不填
16. Mary never does any reading in the evening, _______.
A. so does John B. John does too C. John doesn’t too D. nor does
John
17. ______, the more expensive the camera, the better its quality.
A. General speaking B. Speaking general
C. Generally speaking D. Speaking generally
18. While watching television, _______.
A. the doorbell rang B. the doorbell rings
C. we heard the doorbell ring D. we heard the doorbell rings
19. John, look at the time. _______ you play the piano at such
a late hour?
A. Must B. Can C. May D. Need
20. “You can’t catch me!” Janet shouted, _______ away.
A. run B. running C. to run D. ran
第三节 完形填空(共20(共小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
As I drove my blue Buick into the garage. I saw that a yellow Oldsmobile
was ___21___ too close to my space. I had to drive back and forth
to get my car into the ___22___ space. That left ___23___ enough
room to open the door. Then one day I arrived home___24___, and
just as I turned off the engine, the yellow Oldsmobile entered its
space — too close to my car, ___25___. At last I had a chance to
meet the driver. My patience had ___26___ and I shouted at her,
“Can’t you see you’re not___27___ me enough space” Park father over.
” Banging(猛推) open her door into ___28___, the driver shouted back:
“Make me!” ___29___ this she stepped out of the garage. Still, each
time she got home first, she parked too close to my ___30___. Then
one day, I thought, “What can I do?” I soon found ___31___. The
next day the woman ___32___ a note on her windshield(挡风玻璃):
Dear Yellow Oldsmobile,
I’m sorry mistress(女主人) shouted at yours the other day. She’s been
sorry about it. I know it because she doesn’t sing anymore while
___33___. It wasn’t like her to scream ___34___. Fact is, she’d
just got bad news and was taking it out on you two. I ___35___ you
and your mistress will ___36___ her.
Your neighbor,
Blue Buick
When I went to the___37___the next morning, the Oldsmobile was
gone, but there was a note on my windshield:
Dear Blue Buick,
My mistress is sorry, too. She parked so___38___ because she just
learned to drive. We will park much farther over after this. I’m
glad we can be___39___ now.
Your neighbor,
Yellow Oldsmobile
After that, whenever Blue Buick ___40___ Yellow Oldsmobile on the
road, their drivers waved cheerfully and smiled.
21. A. driven B. parked C. stopped D. stayed
22. A. complete B. close C. narrow D. fixed
23. A. quite B. nearly C. seldom D. hardly
24. A. hurriedly B. first C. finally D. timely
25. A. as usual B. as planned C. as well D. as yet
26. A. run into B. run about C. run out D. run off
27. A. keeping B. saving C. offering D. leaving
28. A. mine B. hers C. itself D. ours
29. A. For B. With C. From D. Upon
30. A. room B. area C. front D. side
31. A. an instruction B. a result C. an answer D. a chance
32. A. put B. wrote C. sent D. discovered
33. A. working B. driving C. returning D. cooking
34. A. on end B. so long C. like that D. any more
35. A. hope B. know C. suppose D. suggest
36. A. comfort B. help C. forgive D. please
37. A. office B. flat C. place D. garage
38. A. crazily B. eagerly C. noisily D. early
39. A. neighbors B. friends C. drivers D. writers
40. A. followed B. passed C. found D. greeted
第二部分：阅读理解(共25小题。每一节每小题225分，第二节每小题1分；满分45分)
第一节 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。D)
A
Every year on my birthday, from the time I turned 12, a white gardenia
was delivered to my house. No card came with it Calls to the flower-shop
were not helpful at all. After a while I stopped trying to discover
the sender’s name and just delighted in the beautiful white flower
in soft pink paper.
But I never stopped imagining who the giver might be. Some of my
happiest moments were spent daydreaming about the sender. My mother
encouraged these imaginings. She’d ask me if there was someone for
whom I had done special kindness. Perhaps it was the old man across
the street whose mail I’d delivered during the winter. As a girl,
though, I had more fun imagining that it might be a boy I had run
into.
One month bef 0core my graduation, my father died. I felt so sad
that I became completely uninterested in my upcoming graduation
dance, and I didn’t care if I had a new dress or not. But my mother,
in her own sadness, would not let me miss any of those things. She
wanted her children to feel loved and lovable. In truth, my mother
wanted her children to see themselves much like the gardenia-lovely,
strong and perfect with perhaps a bit of mystery(神秘).
My mother died ten days after I was married. I was 22. That was
the year the gardenia stopped coming.
41. Which of the following would be the best title for the text?
A. A childhood Dream. B. A Mother’s Love.
C. A Graduation Party. D. A Special Birthday.
42. The mother insisted that her daughter go to the graduation
dance because ______.
A. she coulxd take care of things herself
B. she hoped she would find a boyfriend
C. she wanted her to be happy and strong
D. she thought education was most important
43. Who was the sender of the flower?
A. A boy the writer had run into.
B. One of the writer’s neighbors.
C. One of the writer’s classmates.
D. The writer’s mother.
B
The days of elderly women doing nothing but cooking huge meals
on holidays are gone. Enter the Red Hat Society—a group holding
the belief that old ladies should have fun.
“My grandmothers didn’t do anything but keep house and serve everybody.
They were programmed to do that,” said Emils Comette, head of a
chapter of the 7-year-old Red Hat Society.
While men have long spent their time fishing and playing golf,
women have sometimes seemed to become unnoticed as they age. But
the generation now turning 50 is th 189e baby boomers(生育高峰期出生的人),
and the same people who refused their parents’ way of being young
are now trying a new way of growing old.
If you take into consideration feminism(女权主义), a bit of spare money,
and better health for most elderly, the Red Hat Society looks almost
inevitable(必然的). In this society, women over 50 wear red hats and
purple(紫色的) clothes, while the women under 50 wear pink hats and
light purple clothing.
“The organization took the idea from a poem by Jenny Joseph that
begins: “When I am an old woman, I shall wear purple. With a red
hat which doesn’t go,” said Ellen Cooper, who founded the Red Hat
Society in 1998. When the ladies started to wear the red hats, they
attracted lots of attention.
“The point of this is that we need a rest from always doing something
for someone else,” Cooper said. “Women feel so ashamed and sorry
when they do something for themselves. ” This is why chapters are
discouraged from raising money or doing anything useful. “We’re
a ladies’ play group. It couldn’t be more simple,” added Cooper’s
assistant Joe Heywood.
44. The underlined word “chapter” in paragraph 2 means _______.
A. one branch of an organization
B. a written agreement of a club
C. one part of a collection of poems
D. a period in a society’s history
45. From the text, we know that the “baby boomers” are a group
of people who _______.
A. have gradually become more noticeable
B. are worried about getting old too quickly
C. are enjoying a good life with plenty of money to spend
D. tried living a different life from their parents when they were
young
46. It could be inferred from the text that members of the Red
Hat Society are _______.
A. interested in raising money for social work
B. programmers who can plan well for their future
C. believers in equality between men and women
D. good at cooking big meals and taking care of others
47. Who set up the Red Hat Society?
A. Emily Cornette. B. Ellen Cooper.
C. Jenny Joseph. D. Joe Heywood.
48. Women join the Red Hat Society because _______.
A. they want to stay young
B. they would like to appear more attractive
C. they would like to have fun and live for themselves
D. they want to be more like their parents
C
Taiwan police cannot decide whether to treat it as an extremely
eleven act of stealing or an even elev-ecer cheat (诈骗). Either way,
it could be the perfect crime (犯罪), because the criminals are birds—horning
pigeons !
The crime begins with a telephone message to the owner of a stolen
car : if you want the car back, pay up then, the car owner is directed
to a park, told where to find a bird cage and how to attach money
to the neck of the pigeon inside. Carrying the money in a tiny bag,
the pigeon flies off.
There have been at least four such pigeon pick-ups in Changwa.
What at first seemed like the work of a clever stay-at-home car
thief, however, may in face be the work of an even lazier and more
inventive criminal mind—one that avoid(避免) not only colleting money
but going out to steal the car in the first place. Police officer
Chen says that the criminal probably has pulled a double trick:
he gets money for things he cannot possibly return. Instead of stealing
cars, he lets someone else do it and then waits for the car-owner
to place an ad (启事) in the newspaper asking for help.
The theory is supported by the fact that, so far, none of the stolen
cars have been returned. Also, the amount of money demanded-under
3,000 Taiwanese dollars–seems too little for a car worth many times
more.
Demands for pigeon-delivered money stopped as soon as the press
reported the story. And even if they start again, Chen holds little
hope of catching the criminal. “We have more important things to
do,” he said.
49. After the car owner received a phone call. He _______.
A. went to a certain pigeon and put some money in the bag it carried
B. gave the money to the thief and had his car back in a park
C. sent some money to the thief by mail
D. told the press about it
50. The “lazier and more inventive” criminal refers to _______.
A. the car thief who stays at home
B. one of those who put the ads in the paper
C. one of the policemen in Changwa
D. the owner of the pigeons
51. The writer mentions the fact that “none of the stolen cars
have been returned” to show _______.
A. how easily people get fooled by criminals
B. what Chen thinks might psbe correct
C. the thief is extremely clever
D. the money paid is too little
52. The underlined word “they” in the last paragraph refers to
_______.
A. criminals B. pigeons
C. the stolen cars D. demands for money
53. We may infer from the text that the criminal knows how to reach
the car owners because _______.
A. he reads the ads in the newspaper
B. he lives in the same neighborhood
C. he has seen the car owners in the park
D. he has trained the pigeons to follow them
D
You might think that “global warming” means nothing more than a
rise in the world’s temperature But rising sea levels caused by
it have resulted in the first evacuation(撤离) of an island nation—the
citizens of Tuvalu will have to leave their homeland.
During the 20th century, sea level rose 8—12 inches. As a result.
Tuvalu has experienced lowland flooding of salt water which has
polluted the country’s drinking water.
Paani Laupepa, a Tuvaluan government official, reported to the
Earth Policy Institute that the nation sount: 2.0;uffered an unusaually
high number of fierce storms in the past ten years. Many scientists
connect higher surface water temperatures resulting from global
warming to greater and more damagingtorms.
Laupepa expressed dissatisfaction with the United States for refusing
to sign the Kyoto Protocol, an international agreement calling for
industrialized nations to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions(导致温室效应的气体排放),which
are a main cause of global warming. “By refusing to sign the agreement,
the US has effectively taken away the freedom of future generations
of Tuvaluans to live where their forefathers have lived for thousands
of years,” Laupepa told the BBC.
Tuvalu has asked Australia and New Zealand to allow the gradual
move of its people to both countries.
AustraliaTuvalu is not the only country that is vulnerable (易受影响的)
to rising sea levels. Maumoon Gayoon, president of the Maldives,
told the United Nations that global warming has made his country
of 311,000 an “endangered nation”.
54. The text is mainly about _______.
A. rapid changes in earth’s temperature
B. bad effects of global warming
C. moving of a country to a new place
D. reasons for lowland flooding
55. According to scientists, the DIRECT cause of more and fiercer
storms is _______.
A. greenhouse gas emissions in industrialized nations
B. higher surface water temperatures of the sea
C. continuous global warming
D. rising sea levels
56. Laupepa was not satisfied with the United States because it
did not _______.
A. agree to reduce its greenhouse gas emissions
B. sign an agreement with Tuvalu
C. allow Tuvaluans to move to the US
D. believe the problems facing Tuvalu were real
57. The country whose situation is similar to that of Tuvalu is
_______.
A. Australia B. New Zealand
C. the Maldives D. the United States
E
Last year my sixth-grader daughter, Elizabeth, was forced to put
up with science. Her education week after week, contained mindless
memorization of big words like “batholith” and “saprophyte” She
learned by heart the achievements of famous scientists who did things
like “improved nuclear fusion(核聚变) “—never mind that she hasn’t
the least idea of what nuclear fusion means. Elizabeth did very
well (she’s good at memorizing things ). And now she hates science.
My eighth-grader son, Ben, also suffered from science education.
Week after week he had to perform lab experiments with answers already
known. Ben figured out how to guess the right answers, so he got
good grades. Now he hates science, too.
Science can provide an exciting way to develop children’s curiosity.
Science education should teach ways to ask questions and week answers.
But my children got the mistaken idea in school than science is
difficult dull and has no relation to their everyday interests.
As a physicist, I am saddened and angered to see “the great science
turnoff” I know that science is important in our lives. Yet studies
prove that our schools are turning out millions of graduates who
know almost nothing about and have almost no interest in science.
What’s gone wrong? Who is to blame?
58. We learn from paragraph 1 that _______.
A. the writer was proud of Elizabeth and Ben
B. both Elizabeth and Ben could become scientists
C. Elizabeth had to learn much about great scientists
D. Ben was good at trying new ideas in lab experiments
59. The writer thinks that in science education we should first
_______.
A. get students interested in the subject
B. answer students’ questions in delightful ways.
C. smooth out difficulties in lab experiments
D. explain the special terms clearly
60. By writing the text, the author questions _______.
A. the difficulty level of the science texts
B. the way science is taught in school
C. the achievements of famous scientists
D. students’ poor records in science classes
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
—He is very good, isn’t he?
— ___61___
—I said the singer was great.
—___62___
—___—Have you seen him here before?
—___63___ I think he probably writes the music and words because
I’ve never heard any of the songs before.
—It’s not fair.
—___64___
—People with musical ability like that having to stand around here
to make a living
—Perhaps he enjoys it or makes more money than you think.
—___65___
A. What do you mean?
B. Sorry, what did you say?
C. I hope so.
D. Do you like popular music?
E. Be quiet, listen to him
F. Yes, and interesting to watch
G. Oh, yes, He’s always at exactly the same place on Saturdays
when I come into town.
第二卷
第三部分：写作(共三节，满分55分)
单词拼写(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每空只写一词)
66. When the queen is at home, the flag would be raised on top
of her______ (宫殿).
67. The two friends ______(分享)all that they had when they were
studying abroad.
68. Few students in my class can ______ (付得起)a trip to New Zealand.
69. Oliver was unable to give police a ______(描述)of his attacker.
70. You will be better accepted if you can speak more ______ (自然地)in
public.
71. The little girl got ______ (分开) from the group in the dark.
72. The day after ______(圣诞节) is called Boxing Day.
73. Attention please, the game will begin ______ (立刻).
74. They finished ______ (测量) that piece of land last week.
75. The international______ (烟草) industry is making a lot of money
from the developing countries.
短文改错(共10小题；每小题1. 5，满分15分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
该行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
该行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
该行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear Mr. Brown,
I am writing to thank you with your kind help. 76. ________
Before you came to teach us, I had not interest in 77. ________
English. My pronunciation was terribly. I could 78. ________
only speak a few words. But one and a half year later. 79. ________
I now think English fun to learn. I got a lot from your 80. ________
encouraging words. I will always remember what you 81. ________
said, “If you try to, you can be No. 1!” I hope you’ve 82. ________
had pleasant journey home and will come to China 83. ________
again sometimes in the future. I will write again 84. ________
and send you the photos we take together. 85. ________
Yours sincerely,
Li Min
书面表达(满分30分)
假设你是李华，最近国内一家英文报纸正在讨论北京动物园是否应迁出市区。以下是你所在班级讨论的情况。请你给该报写一封信，反映讨论结果。
赞成迁出：
1. 游客多，交通堵塞
2. 郊区环境好
反对迁出：
1. 建于1906年，中外闻名
2. 搬迁易造成动物死亡
注意：1. 词数100字左右，信的开头已为你写好。
2. 可根据内容要点适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
3. 参考词汇： 郊区—suburb
﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡﹡
June 3, 2005
Dear Editor,
Recently, our class have had a heated discussion about whether
the Beijing Zoo should be moved out of the city.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
【参考答案】
听力部分答案(1-20)
1. B 2. A 3. C 4. B 5. C
6. A 7. B 8. A 9. B 10. C
11. A 12. C 13. A 14. B 15. A
16. A 17. C 18. B 19. B 20. C
参考答案和评分参考
第一部分
1—5 BDADA 6—10 ACBAD 11—15 CBADB
16—20 DCCAB 21—25 BCDBA 26—30 CDABD
31—35 CDBCA 37—40 CDABB
第二部分
41—45 BCDAD 45—50 DCBCAD 51—55 BDABB
56—60 ACCAB 61—65 BFGAC
第三部分:
第一节
66. palace 67. shared 68. afford 69. description
70. naturally 71. separated
72. Christmas 73. immediately 74. measuring 75. tobacco
第二节
Dear Mr. Brown,
I am writing to thank you with your kind help. 76. __for______
Before you came to teach us, I had not interest in 77. __no_____
English. My pronunciation was terribly. I could 78. _terrible__
only speak a few words. But one and a half year later. 79. __years__
I now think English∧fun to learn. I got a lot from your 80. ___is_____
Encouraging words. I will always remember what you 81. ___√_____
said, “If you try to, you can be No. 1!” I hope you’ve 82. ___to_____
had∧pleasant journey home and will come to China 83. ____a____
again sometimes in the future. I will write again 84. __sometime__
and send you the photos we take together. 85. _took____
Yours sincerely,
Li Min
第三节
五. One possible version
June 3, 2005
Dear Editor,
Recently, our class have had a heated discussion about whether
the Beijing Zoo should be moved out of the city. Some of my classmates
are in favor of the move. They say large crowds of tourists to the
zoo will result in traffic jams. They also say that once moved,
animals will have more space and better living conditions in the
suburbs. However, other students are against the idea, saying that
the Beijing Zoo, built in 1906, has a history of 100 years, and
is well–known at home and abroad. So it should remain where it is.
What’s mve more ore, moving may cause the death of some animals.
To move or not, this is a big decision which has to be made by people
in Beijing.
Yours truly,
Li Hua
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（一）
英 语
本试卷分第Ⅰ卷（选择题）和第Ⅱ卷（非选择题）两部分。第Ⅰ卷1至12页。第Ⅱ卷13至14页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第Ⅰ卷
注意事项：
1. 答题前，考生在答题卡上务必用黑色签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，并贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
2. 每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，在试题卷上作答无效。
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节（共5小题，每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A.￡19.15.
B.￡9.15.
C.￡9.18.
答案是B。
1.How much will the man pay for the tickets?
A.￡7.5. B.￡15. C.￡50.
2.Which is the right gate for the man’s flight?
A.Gate 16. B.Gate 22. C.Gate 25.
3.How does the man feel about going to school by bike?
A.Happy. B.Tired. C.Worried.
4.When can the woman get the computers?
A.On Tuesday. B.On Wednesday. C.On Thursday.
5.What does the woman think of the shirt for the party?
A.The size is not large enough.
B.The material is not good.
C.The color is not suitable.
第二节(共15小题;每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6.What can we learn about Mr.Brown?
A.He is in his office.
B.He is at a meeting.
C.He is out for a meal.
7.What will the man probably do next?
A.Call back.
B.Come again.
C.Leave a message.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8.What kind of room does the man want to take?
A.A single room.
B.A double room.
C.A room for three.
9.What does the man need to put in the from?
A.Telephone and student card numbers.
B.Student card number and address.
C.Address and telephone number.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10.What is the relationship between the speakers?
A.Fellow clerks.
B.Boss and secrecary.
C.Customer and salesperson.
11.What does the man like about his job?
A.Living close to the office.
B.Chances to go abroad.
C.Nice people to work with.
12.What do we know about the woman?
A.She likes traveling.
B.She is new to the company.
C.She works in public relstions.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13.When will the visitors come?
A.In March. B.In April. C.In May.
14.How many visitors are coming?
A.8. B.10. C.12.
15.What will the visitors do on the second day?
A.Go to party. B.Visit schools. C.Attend a lecture.
16.Where will the visitors go on the final day?
A.To London. B.To Scotland. C.To the coast.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17.What is the first word the baby tried to say?
A.Truck. B.OK. C.Duck.
18.How old was the baby when he learned to say that word correctly?
A.About 18 months
B.About 21 months
C.About 24 months
19.What did the father do when the baby screamed that word at the
airport?
A.He corrected the baby.
B.He tried to stop the baby.
C.He did himself somewhere.
20.Why did the mother pretend not to know the baby?
A.She got angry with the father.
B.She was frightened by the noise.
C.She felt uneasy about the noisy baby.
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题;每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.
A.however B.whatever C.whichever D.whenever
答案是B。
21.The house belongs to my aunt but she here any more.
A.hasn’t lived B.didn’t live C.hadn’t lived D.doesn’t live
22.We the last bus and didn’t have any money for taxi, so we had
to walk home.
A.rcached B.lost C.missed D.caught
23.See the flags on top of the building? That was we did this morring.
A.when B.which C.where D.what
24.There’s no light on-they be at home.
A.can’t B.mustn’t C.needn’t D.shouldn’t
25.—Excuse me, can you tell me where the nearest bank is, please?
— Oh yes! It’s past the post office, next to a big market.
A.Mm, let me think. B.Oh, I beg your pardon?
C.You’re welcome. D.What do you mean?
26.If I can help ,I don’t like working late into the night.
A.so B. that C. it D.them
27.Mike didn’t play yesterday because .
A.damaged B.hurt C.hit D.struck
28. he has limited technical knowledge, the old worker hs a lot
of experience.
A.Since B.Unless C.As D.Althought
29.The water cool when I jumped into the pool for morning exercise.
A.was felt B.is felt C.felt D.feels
30.—Hello, could I speak to Mr. Smith?
—Sorry, wrong number, There isn’t Mr. Smith here.
A.不填 B.a C.the D.one
31.Eliza remembers everything exactly as if it yesterday.
A.was happening B.happens
C.has happened D.happened
32. and happy, Tony stood up and accepled and prize.
A.Surprising B.Surprised
B.Being surprised D.To be surprising
33.Please remind me he said he was going. I may be in time to see
him off.
A.where B.when C.how D.what
34.—I wonder if I could possibly use your car for tonight?
— . I’m not using it anyhow.
A.Sure, go ahead B.I don’t know
C.Yes, indeed D.I don’t care
35.Mary, here-everybody else, stay where you are.
A.come B.comes C.to come D.coming
第二节 完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
On a hot summer day in late August, I sought shade and a cool drink
at a waterfront cafe on a Greet island. Over hundred degrees in
36 air. Crowded. Tempers（脾气）of both the tourists and waiters had
37 to meet the situation, making it a rather quarrelsome environment（环境）.
At the table next to mine sat an attractive, 38 couple,waiting for
39 .They held hands, whispered, kissed, and laughed. Suddenly they
stood, picked up their 40 and stepped together 41 the edge of where
they were sitting to place the table in the sea water. The man stepped
42 for the two chairs. He politely 43 his lady in the kneed-deep
water and then sat down himself. All people around laughed and cheered.
44 appeared. He paused for just a second, walked into the water
to
45 the table and take their 46 ,and then walked back to the 47 cheers
of the rest of his 48 . Minutes later he returned carrying a bottle
of wine and two glasses. Without pausing, he went 49 into the water
to
50 the wine. The couple toasted（祝酒）each other, the waiter and the
crowd. And the crowd 51 by cheering and throwing flowers to them.
Three other tables
52 to have lunch in the water. The place was now filled with laughter.
One doesn’t step into water in one’s best summer clothes. Why not?
Customers are not served 53 . Why not?
Sometimes one should consider 54 the line of convention（常规）and enjoy
55 to the fullest.
36.A.fresh B.cool C.still D.thin
37.A.mannged B.expected C.attempted D.risen
38.A.lonely B.curious C.well-dressed D.bad-tempered
39.A.cheers B.service C.attention D.flowers
40.A.metal table B.empty bottle C.chairs D.bags
41.A.on B.off C.around D.along
42.A.outside B.forward C.down D.back
43.A.led B.seated C.watched D.received
44.A.The manager B.A friend C.A waiter D.The servant
45.A.set B.wash C.remove D.check
46.A.menu B.bill C.food D.order
47.A.loud B.anxious C.familiar D.final
48.A.tourists B.customers C.fellows D.assistants
49.A.at last B.in time C.once more D.as well
50.A.change B.drink C.sell D.serve
51.A.replied B.insisted C.agreed D.understood
52.A.prepared B.jorned in C.settled up D.continued
53.A.with pleasure B.in the café C.in the sea D.with wine
54.A.following B.keeping C.limiting D.crossing
55.A.life B.wine C.lunch D.time
第三部分 阅读理解（共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分）
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Most people think of racing when they see greyhounds（灰狗）and believe
they need lots of exercise. They can actually be quite lazy! Greyhounds
are good at fast races but not long-distance running. They do need
regular exercise but they like to run for a short burst and then
get back on the bed or a comfortable seat. Another misunderstanding
is that greyhounds must be aggressive（好斗的）because they are big in
size. In fact greyhounds love people and are gentle with children.
Greyhounds can live for 12-14 years but usually only race for two
or three years, and after that they make great pets. They don’t
need a lot of space, don’t make a lot of noise, and don’t eat a
lot for their size.
Normally, greyhounds can be as tall as 90 cm. There is, however,
a small-sized greyhound, which stands only 33 cm. Greyhounds come
in a variety of colors. Grey and yellowish-brown are the most common.
Others include black, white, blue, red and brown or a mix of these.
Greyhounds have smooth body coats, low body fat and are very healthy.
Because they’re slim（苗条的）they don’t have the leg problems like other
dogs the same height. But they do feel the cold. Especially since
they would much rather be at home in bed than walking around outside.
56.The text is written mainly .
A.to tell people how to raise greyhounds
B.to let people know more about greyhounds
C.to explain why greyhounds are aggressive
D.to describe greyhounds of different colors
57.It can be inferred that greyhounds .
A.love big doghouses
B.like staying in bed all day
C.make the best guard dogs
D.need some exercise outdoors
58.Why does the author say that greyhounds make grest pets?
A.They are big in size.
B.They live a very long life.
C.They can run races for some time.
D.They are quiet and easy to look after.
59.If you keep a pet greyhound,it is important .
A.to keep it stim
B.to keep it warm
C.to take special care of its legs
D.to take it to animal doetors rcgularly
B
Many years ago,when I was fresh out of school and working in Danver,I
was driving to my parents’ home in Messouri for Christmas.I atopped
at a gas station（加油站）about 50 miles from Okiahoma City,where I was
plsning to stop and visit &friend.While I was standing in.line
at the cash register（收款台）,I said hello to an older couple who were
also paying for gas.
I took off,but had gone anly a few miles when black smoke poured
from the back of my car.I stopped and wondered what I should do.A
car pulled up behind me. It was the couple I had spoken to at the
gas station.They said they would take me to my friend’s.We chatted
on the way into the city,and when I get out of the car,the husband
gave me his business card.
I wrote him and his wife a thank-you note for helping me.Soon afterward.I
received a Christmas present from them.Their note that came with
it said that helping me had made their holidays meaningful.
Years later,I drove to a meeting in a nearby town in the morning,In
late afternoon I returned to my car and found that I’d left the
lights on all day,and the battery（电池）was dead.Then I noticed that
the Friendly ford dealership-a shop selling cars-was right next
door.I walked over and found two salesmen in the showroom.
“Just how friendly is Friendly Ford?”I asked and explained my trouble.They
quickly drove a pickup truck to my car and started it.They would
accept no payment;so when I got home;I wrote them a note to say
thanks,I received a letter back from one of the salesmen,No one
had ever taken the time to write him and say thank you ,and it meant
a lot,he said.
“Thank you”- two powerful words.They’re easy to say and mean so
much.
60.The author planned to stop at Oklahoma City .
A.to visit a frend
B.to see his parents
C.to pay or the cash register
D.to have more gas for his car
61.The words“took off”underlined in Paragraph 2 mean“ ”
A.turned off
B.moved off
C.put up
D.set up
62.What happened when the author found smoke coming out of his car?
A.He had it pulled back to the gas station.
B.The coupls sent him a business card.
C.The couple offered to help him.
D.He called his friend for help.
63.The hattery of the author’s car was dead because .
A.something went wrong with the lights
B.the meeting lasted a whole day
C.he forgot to turn off the lights
D.he drove too long a sistance
64.By telling his own experiences,the author tries to show .
A.how to write a thank-you letter
B.how to deal with car problems
C.the kindheartedness of older people
D.the importance of expressing thanks
C
A study of English learning problems was carried out among a total
of 106 foreign students.It shows that most students considered understanding
spokeu English to be their bigges problern on asrival.This was followed
by speaking,Writing increased as a problem as students discovered
difficulties in writing papers that they were now expected to hand
in.Reading remained as a signifioant（显著的）problem.
The information gsined helped up in determining where special attention
should be paid in our course.Although many atudents have chosen
to join the course with a reasonnble motivation（动机）,we considered
it important to note what seemed to encourage inleresl.Neady all
the students have experienced some kind of grammar-based English
teaching in their own country.To use the sarnc method would be self-defeating
because it might reduce motivation,especially if it has failed in
the pest.Thereforc a different method may help henause it is different.
Variety of activity was also seen as a way of maintsining（保持）or
incressing motivation.Several years ago we had one timetable that
operated throughout,but we soon found that both the students and
the teachers lost interest by about halfway through the ten weeks.This
led up to a majoc re-taink,so finally we hrought it into line with
the expressed language needs of the students.
65.What is the text mainly about?
A.Foreign students have more problems.
B.There are many ways to improve English.
C.Tesching should meet students’needs.
D.English learning probles should be studied again.
66.Writing became a bigger problem when foreign students .
A.had to writs their paers
B.became better at speaking
C.became less interested in reading
D.had fewer problems with listening
67.We may infer from the last lwo paragraphs that .
A.different teaching methods should be used
B.grammar-hased teaching seems to be encouraging
C.English courses are necessary for foreign students
D.teaching content should be changed halfway
68.The word“it” underlined in the last paragraph refers to“ ”.
A.re-think
B.activity
C.molivation
D.timetable
D
Since my retirement（退休）from teaching music in 2001,I have epent
a good deal of time paintingas an artist.I aotually beagan drawing
again in the summer of 1995 when my lather died.so perhaps I was
trying to recover from the loss of my father,or maybe it was just
that it brought back memories of him.In any case,I drew pen and
ink animals and landscapes（风景画）much influenced（影响）by krenkel and
St. John for five years.
For some strange reason, I had been waiting until my retirement
to start doing walereolors again, but as soon as I walked out of
the school door for the last time I picked up my brushes and rediscovered
Andrew Wyeth, who quickly became my favorite artist. I had looked
through all the art books I had on my shelves and found his watercolors
to be the closest to how I thought good watercolors should look.
So I painted landscapes around Minnesota for three years and tried
out many other types of painting. However, watercolors remained
my first choice, and I think I did my best work there, showing my
paintings at a number of art exhibitions.
Art is now together with my piano playing and reading. There is
a time for everything in my world, and it is wonderful to have some
time doing what I want to do. As Confucius once said,“At seventy
I can follow my heart’s desire.”
69.What is the text mainly about?
A.Learning to paint in later life. B.How to paint watercolors.
C.An artist-turned teacher. D.Life after retiroment.
70.The author started drawing again in 1995 because .
A.he hoped to draw a picture of his father
B.he couldn’t stop missing his father
C.he had more time after retirement
D.he liked animals and landscapes
71.We can infer from the text that the author .
A.had been taught by Krenkel and St. John
B.painted landscapes in Minnesota for 5 years
C.believed Wyeth to be the best in watercolors
D.started his retirement life at the age of seventy
72.How does the author probably feel about his life as an artist?
A.Very enjoyable. B.A bit regretful.
C.Rather busy. D.Fairly dull.
E
Phillip Island Penguins（企鹅）
The Little Penguin has called Phillip Island home for untold generations.
Get to Phillip Island in plenty of time to watch a summer sunset
at Summerland Beach-the stage is attractively set to see the Little
Penguin leave water and step onto land.
?Leave Melbournc at 5:30pm for a direct journey to Phillip Island
?Sec the Gippsland area-Guinness Book of Records place for the world’s
longest earthoworm（蚯蚓）
?Journey along the coastal highway around the Bay with French Island
and Churchill Island in the distance
?Cross the bridge at San Remo to enter Phillip Island-natural home
for Little Penguins and many animals
?Take your place in special viewing stands（看台） to watch the daily
evening performance of the wild Little Penguins
Ultimate Penguins（+U）
Join a group of up to 15. This guided tour goes to an attractive,
quiet beach to see Little Penguins. You can see penguins at night
by wearing a special pair of glasses.
Adult（成人） $60.00 Child $30.00
Viewing Platform Penguin Plus（+V）
More personalized wildlife viewing limited to 130 people providing
closer viewing of the penguin arrival than the main viewing stands.
Adult $25.00 Child $12.50
Penguin Skybox（+S）
Join a group of only 5 in the comfort of a special, higher-up viewing
tower. Gain an excellent overview of Summerland Beach.
Adult Isyrs+$50.00
73.What kind of people is the text mainly written for?
A.Scientists. B.Students. C.Tourists. D.Artists.
74.What can learn from the text that Little penguins .
A.have been on Phillip Island for years
B.keep a Guinness record for their size
C.are trained to practice diving for visitors
D.live in large groups to protect themselves
75.How much would a couple with one child pay for a closer viewing
tour?
A.$37.50. B.$62.50. C.$180.00. D.$150.00.
第Ⅱ卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断;如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）;如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧）,在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
We had guests last night who have not stayed 76.
in a B&B hotel ago. They did not want breakfast 77.
because that they were going out early in the 78.
morning. They came back lately and had some 79.
tea.I came into the living room and saw one of 80.
them just to through the kitchen door but turn 81.
on the light. He was looking for a glass the 82.
cupboard. He had no ideas that the kitchen was 83.
not for guesls. I just smiled to me and thought, 84.
“What can I do? We are guests after all.” 85.
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你是李华。应英国朋友Bob的要求，写一封短信介绍你校图书馆的基本情况。内容须包括下面两幅图中的相关信息。
注意：1.词数100左右;
2.可以适当增减细节，以使行文连贯;
3.开头语已为你写好。
June 8
Dear Bob,
Thank you for your last letter asking about our library.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
选择题答案（1－75）
1－5 B C A A C 6-10 C A A C A 11-15 B B A B B 16-20 C A B B C
21-25 D C D A A 26-30 C B D C B 31-35 D B B A A 36-40 C D C B A
41-45 B D B C A 46-50 D A B C D 51-55 A B C D A 56-60 B D D B A
61-65 B C C D C 66-70 A A D D B 71-75 C A C A B
第四部分：
76. have→had 77. ago→before
78. that去掉 79.lately→late
80. √ 81.but→and
82. glass后加in 83.ideas→idea
84. me→myself 85.We→They
书面表达：
内容要点
1. 图书馆位置：前有花园，后有教学楼
2. 内部环境：宽敞，有书架、报刊、书籍等
3. 图书管的功能：借阅、借阅数量和借期
4. 开放时间
5. 合适的结尾
One Possible Version：
Dear Bob，
Thank you for your last letter asking about our library.
Our library is the center of the school.There is a beautiful garden
in-front of it an our
classroom building is right behind it. The library is big. When
you get inside,you will see
many shelves full of books on different subjects. There are also
lots of newspapers and
magazines.We borrow books and do some reading in the library.According
to the rule,every
student can borrow up to 5 books each time and keep them for 10
days.It is open from 9 am to 7
pm from Monday to Friday and closed on weekends.
We all like our library very much.
Best wishes,
Li Hua
2006年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试英语试题
全国卷II
本试卷分第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。第一卷1至10页。第二卷11至14页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第一卷
第一部分 英语知识运用（共三节，满分50分）
第一节 语音知识（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
1. hear
A. nearly B. search C. bear D. heart
2. change
A. machine B. headache C. technique D. research
3. surprise
A. police B. apologize C. bridge D. children
4. safely
A. base B. season C. Asia D. usual
5. museum
A. subject B. true C. huge D. busy
第二节 语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
6. —Will you be able to finish your report today?
—_______.
A. I like it B. I hope so C. I’ll do so D. I’d love it
7. We forgot to bring our tickets, but please let us enter,______
?
A. do you B. can we C. will you D. shall we
8. Your story is perfect; I’ve never heard ______ before.
A. the better one B. the best one C. a better one D. a good one
9. It was not until she got home ______ Jennifer realized she had
lost her keys.
A. when B. that C. where D. before
10. We hope that as many people as-possible ______ join us for the
picnic tomorrow.
A. need B. must C. should D. can
11. It is no______ arguing with Bill because he will never change
his mind.
A. use B. help C. time D. way
12. John, a friend of mine, who got married only last week, spent
＄3,000 more than he______ For the wedding.
A. will plan B. has planned C. would plan D. had planned
13. We thought there were 35 students in the dining hall, ______,
in fact, there were 40.
A. while B. whether C. what D. which
14. –Did you take enough money with you?
–No, I needed _______ I thought I would.
A. not so much as B. as much as
C. much more than D. much less than
15. Mary wanted to travel around the world all by herself, but her
parents did not _______ her to do so.
A. forbid B. allow C. follow D. ask
16. –What did your parents think about your decision?
–They always let me do _______ I think I should.
A. when B. that` C. how D. what
17. We often provide our children with toys, footballs or basketballs,
_______ that all children like these things.
A. thinking B. think C. to think D. thought
18. There were a lot of people standing at the door and the small
girl couldn’t get _______.
A. between B. through C. across D. beyond
19. I know you don’t like _______ music very much. But what do you
think of _______ music in the film we saw yesterday?
A. /; / B. the; the C. the; / D. /; the
20. As you can see, the number of cars on roads _______ rising these
days.
A. we keeping B. keep C. keeps D. were keeping
第三节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后所给各题的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
The year I went to college was a very difficult transition(过渡期)
for me. ___21___ is probably true with many people. I got quite
homework and ___22___ thought about going home.
Although the ___23___ time for many students is getting ___24___
from home, my mailbox was frequently ___25___. One day when I went
to the mailbox, there was a postcard ___26___ out at me. I sat down
to read it, ___27___ a note from someone back home. ___28___ I became
increasingly puzzled(困惑) as ___29___ postcards were like this; It
was a full news report about a woman named Mabel and her newborn
baby. I took the card back to my room and ___30___ about it.
Several days later I ___31___ another postcard, this one ___32___
news about Maybelline, Mabel’s cousin. Soon after, another card
arrived and then another, ___33___ full of news of different people.
I began to ___34___ look forward to the next one, ___35___ to see
what this author would come up with ___36___. I was never ___37___.
Finally, the cards ___38___ coming, right about the time I had begun
to feel ___39___ college life. They had been such a happy distraction(调剂)
that I have ___40___ all the postcards and still bring them out
to read whenever I need a lift.
21. A. If B. So C. As D. What
22. A. often B. carefully C. seldom D. merely
23. A. hard B. last C. busiest D. happiest
24. A. visitors B. letters C. calls D. directions
25. A. empty B. full C. closed D. open
26. A. pouring B. reaching C. staring D. rolling
27. A. describing B. considering C. enjoying D. expecting
28. A. But B. Thus C. Also D. Even
29. A. any B. no C. some D. such
30. A. joked B. talked C. forgot D. cared
31. A. mailed B. accepted C. wrote D. received
32. A. delivering B. demanding C. discovering D. developing
33. A. one B. each C. either D. both
34. A. nearly B. possibly C. usually D. really
35. A. promising B. surprised C. interested D. pretending
36. A. below B. lately C. next D. behind
37. A. frightened B. disappointed C. excited D. pleased
38. A. continued B. stopped C. started D. avoided
39. A. easy B. safe C. tired D. anxious
40. A. lost B. collected C. torn D. saved
第二部分 阅读理解（共25小题。每一节每小题2分，第二节每小题1分；满分45分）
第一节 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
My friends, Emma Daniels, spent the summer of 1974 traveling in
Israel. During her month-long stay in Jerusalem she often went to
a café called Chocolate Soup. It was run by two men, one of whom
– Alex – used to live in Montreal. One morning when Emma went in
for coffee, while chatting with her new friend Alex, she mentioned
that she had just finished the book she was reading and had nothing
else to read. Alex said he had a wonderful book she might like,
and that he’d be happy to lend it to her. As he lived just above
the café, he quickly ran up to get it. The book he handed to Emma
just minutes later was Markings, a book by a former Secretary-General
of the United Nations (UN).
Emma had never read it, nor had she ever bought a copy. But, when
she opened it up, she was floored to see her own name and address
inside the cover in her own handwriting（笔迹）. It turned out that
the summer before, at a concert back in Montreal. Emma had met a
Californian who was in town visiting friends. They decided to exchange（交换）addresses,
but neither of them had any paper. The man opened up a book he was
carrying in his backpack(背包) and asked Emma to write her name and
address inside. When he returned to California, he left the book
behind in Montreal, and his friend Alex kept it. When Alex later
moved to Jerusalem, he took the book along.
41. Alex lent Emma the book, Markings, _______.
A. to show his friendliness to her
B. to show his interest in reading
C. to tell her about the importance of UN
D. to let her write her name and address inside
42. How did Emma feel the moment she opened the book?
A. Pleased. B. Satisfied.
C. Worried. D. Surprised.
43. We can learn from the text the Californian _______.
A. met Emma at a concert
B. invited Emma to a concert
C. introduced Emma to his friend
D. left Emma his backpack
44. Who was supposed to be the first owner of the book?
A. An official of the UN.
B. A coffee shop owner.
C. A friend of the author’s.
D. Alex’s friend form California.
B
May: Happenings form the Past
May 5, 1884
Isaac Murphy, son of a slave and perhaps the greatest horse rider
in American history, rides Buchanan to win his first Kentucky Derby.
He becomes the first rider ever to win the race three times.
May 9, 1754
Benjamin Franklin’s Pennsylvania Gazette produces perhaps the first
American political cartoon(漫画)，showing a snake cut in pieces with
the words “John or Die ” printed under the picture.
May 11, 1934
The first great dust storm of the Great Plains Dust Bowl, the result
of years of drought(干旱)，blows topsoil all the way to New York City
and Washington, D. C.
May 19, 1994
Jacqueline Lee Bouvier Kennedy Onassis, form first lady and one
of the most famous people of the 1960s, died of cancer in New York
City at the age of 64.
May 24,1844
Samuel F. B. Morse taps out the first message, “What hath God wrought,”
over the experimental long-distance telegraph line which runs from
Washington, D. C., to Baltimore, Md.
45. We know from the text that Buchanan is_______.
A. Isaac’s father B. a winning horse
C. a slave taking care of horse D. the first racing horse in Kentucky
46. What is the title of the first American political cartoon?
A. Join or Die B. Pennsylvania Gazette
C. What Hath God Wrought D. Kentucky Derby
47. In which year did the former first lady Jacqueline die?
A. 1934 B. 1960 C. 1964 D. 1994
48. Which of the following places has to do with the first telegram
in history?
A. Washing, D. C. B. New York City.
C. Kentucky. D. Pennsylvania.
C
When I learned that my 71-year-old mother was playing Scrabble –
a word game – against herself, I knew I had to do something. My
husband suggested we give her a computer to play against. I wasn’t
sure my mother was ready for it. After all, it had taken 10 years
to persuade her to buy an electric cooker. Even so, we packed up
our old computer and delivered it to my parents’ home. And so began
my mother’s adventure in the world of computers.
It also marked the beginning of an unusual teaching task for me.
I’ve taught people of all ages, but I never thought I would be teaching
my mother how to do anything. She has been the one teaching me all
my life: to cool and sew; to enjoy the good times and put up with
the bad. Now it was my turn to give something back.
It wasn’t easy at the beginning. There was so much to explain and
to introduce. Slowly but surely, my mother caught on, making notes
in a little notebook. After a few months of Scrabble and other games,
I decided it was time to introduce her to word processing(文字处理).
This proved to be a bigger challenge(挑战) to her, so I gave her some
homework I asked her to write me a letter, using different letter
types, colors and spaces.
“Are you this demanding with your kindergarten pupils?” she asked.
“No, of course not,” I said. “They already know how to use a computer.
”
My mother isn’t the only one experiencing a fast personal growth
period. Thanks to the computer, my father has finally got over his
phone allergy(过敏反应). For as long as I can remember, any time I called,
my mother would answer. Dad and I have had more phone conversations
in the last two months than we’ve had in the past 20 years.
49. What does the author do?
A. She is a cook. B. She is a teacher.
C. She is a housewife. D. She is a computer engineer.
50. The author decided to give her mother a computer_______.
A. to let her have more chances to write letters
B. to support her in doing her homework
C. to help her through the bad times
D. to make her life more enjoyable
51. The author asked her mother to write her a letter_______.
A. because her mother had stopped using the telephone
B. because she wanted to keep in touch with her mother
C. so that her mother could practice what she had learned
D. so that mother could be free from housework
52. After the computer was brought home, the author’s father _______.
A. lost interest in cooking
B. took more phone calls
C. played more games
D. began to use it
D
When asked to point out of or two things that are most important
to themselves, many put friends ahead of homes, jobs, cloth and
cars.
A true friendship carries-a-long history of experience that determines
who we are and keeps us connected. It is a treasure we should prove
it. Unfortunately, the better friends you are, the more probably
you’ll have disagreements. And the result can be what you don’t
want an end to the relationship.
The good news is that most troubled friendships can be mended. First,
don’t let your pride get in your way. Most of us can forgive each
other when differences are brought out in the open. Second, apologize
when you’re wrong – even if you’ve been wronged. Over the course
of friendship, even the best people make mistakes. Sometimes, it
may be best if the wronged person takes wrong. Third, see things
from your friend’s point of view(观点). And finally, accept that friendships
changes as our needs and lifestyles(生活方式) change. Making friends
can sometimes seem easy. The hard part is keeping the connections
strong during the nature ups and downs that have an effect on all
relationships. My suggestion: Consider friendship an honor and a
gift, and worth the effort to treasure and nurture(培养).
53. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Easy Ways to Make Friends
B. Ups and Downs in Friendship
C. How to Mend a Troubled Friendship
D. How to Take the Lead in Making Friends
54. The “wronged person” underlined in the text refers to a person
_______.
A. who has been mistaken for another
B. who has been blamed unfairly
C. who has treated friends badly
D. who has admitted his mistakes
55. According to the text a friendship can last long only if _______.
A. we have much in common
B. we know our friends mistakes
C. we treat our disagreements wisely
D. we have know one another for long
56. What should we do we follow the author’s second suggestion?
A. Stick to our own, pints of view.
B. Avoid making mistakes.
C. Make an apology first.
D. Change our lifestyles.
E
“Who made your T-shirt?” A Geowetown University student raised that
question. Pietra Rivoli, a professor of business, wanted to fin
the answer. A few weeks later, she bought a T-shirt and began to
follow its path from Texas cotton form to Chinese factory to charity
bin (慈善捐赠箱). The result is an interesting new book, The Travel’s
of a T-shirt in the Global Economy(经济).
Following a T-shirt around the world in a way to make her point
more interesting, but it also frees Rivoli from the usual arguments
over grobal trade. She goes wherever the T-shirt goes, and there
are surprises around every corner. In China, Rivoli shows why a
clothing factory, even with its poor conditions, means a step toward
a better she for the people who work there. In the colorful used-clothing
markets of Tanzania, she realizes this, “it is only in this final
stage of life that the T-shirt will meet a real market,” where the
price of a shirt changes by the hour and is different by its size
and even color. Rivoli’s book is full of memerable people and scenes,
like the noise, the bad air and the “muddy-sweet smell (泥土香味) of
the cotton. ”She says, “Here in the factory, Shanghai smells like
Shallowater Texas. ”
Rivoli is at her best when making those sorts of unexpected connections.
She even finds one between the free traders and those who are against
globalization. The chances opened up by trade are vast, she argues,
but free markets need the correcting force of politics to keep them
in check. True economic progress needs them both.
57. What do we learn about Professor Rivoli?
A. She used to work on a cotton farm.
B. She wrote a book about world trade.
C. She wants to give up her teaching job.
D. She wears a T-shirt wherever she goes.
58. By saying T-shirt “meet a real market”, Rivoli means in Tanzania_______.
A. cheaper T-shirts are needed.
B. used T-shirts are hard to sell
C. prices of T-shirt rise and fall frequently
D. prices of T-shirt are usually reasonable
59. What does the word “them” underlined in the last paragraph refer
to?
A. Free-markets.
B. Price changes.
C. Unexpected connection.
D. chances opened up by trade.
60. What would be the best title for the text?
A. What T-shirt Can Do to Help Cotton Farms
B. How T-shirt Are Made in Shanghai
C. How T-shirt Are Sold in Tanzania
D. What T-shirt Can Teach Us
注意：Ⅰ卷61-80为空题（无此序号），考生必须将第“81-85” 序号题答在《答题卡》相对应的序号位置上，否则不得分。
根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
—What do you think I ought to see first in London? I’m told one
ought to the British Museum. Do you think I shall have time for
that?
— ____81____ But if I were you,I should leave that for some other
day. You could spend a whole day there. It’s much too big to be
seen in an hour or so.
—I suppose it is ____82____
—That’s not a bad idea. You could spend a couple of hours there
comfortably, or even a whole afternoon, watching the wild animals
and al those birds. You could have tea there too.
—I’ll do that, Then. How do I get there?
— ____83______Where are we now? Oh, there’s that big building. I
think your best way from here is to take Baker Street.
— ____84____
—Oh, no, a quarter of an hour or so, but, if you’re in a hurry,
why not take a taxi?
—I think I will. ____85____Taxi!
A. Let me see.
B. Will, you might.
C. What time is it now?
D. Is it much of a walk?
E. Ah, here’s one coming.
F. What about going to the Zoo?
G. Must I stay in London for long?
第三部分 写作（共三节，满分55分）
单词拼写（共10小题：每小题1分，满分10分）
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。（每空只写一词）
66. I’m very hungry –I______ （错过）lunch.
67. Jack took a deep______ （呼吸）and then dived into the water.
68. I’ve got an ______ （普通）sort of car, nothing special.
69. I want to thank everyone who has ______ （鼓励）and supported me.
70. Jenny spends hours in front of the ______ （镜子）!
71. It is ______ （稍微）colder today than it was yesterday.
72. The story is written by an ______（澳大利亚）engineer.
73. Tom was______ （羞愧）of having lied to his parents.
74. ______（一月）is the first month of the year.
75. Can you ______ （想象）standing up there and giving a speech?
第二卷 短文改错（共10小题：每小题1. 5分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（\）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
An American and a Frenchman decided to cross the sea
between France and England in the balloon in 1784. High 76.
over the water,they discover a hole in the balloon. The 77.
hole became bigger and bigger. The air keeps the 78.
balloon up was escaping quickly and the balloon was 79.
coming up. The two men threw all their equipment into 80.
the water to make the balloon light. It started to rise 81.
higher again. So it was still too close to the water. 82.
Finally, the men threw away most of his clothe to 83.
save themselves. The crowd waiting for to greet them in 84.
England was very surprised see this when the balloon 85.
landed in front of them.
书面表达（满分30分）
假定你是李华，亚洲冬季运动会将在你居住的地方举办，现正在招募志愿者，你希望成为其中一员。请按要求用英文给组委会写一封信。内容应包括：
个人情况：年龄，性别，学历
个人条件：英语好，爱好体育，善于交际，乐于助人，熟悉本地情况
承诺：提供最佳服务
注意：
词数100左右，开头语已为你写好
可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
生词：申请—apply (v. ), application(n. )
志愿者—volunteer
Dear Sir / Madam:
My name is Li Hua. I would like to work as a volunteer for the Winter
Asian Games.
Yours faithfully,
Li Hua
参考答案和评分参考
第一部分：
1. A 2.. D 3. B 4. A 5. C 6. B 7. C 8. C 9. B 10. D 11. A 12. D
13. A 14. C 15. B 16. D 17. A 18. B 19. D 20. C 21. C 22. A 23.
D 24. B 25. A 26. C 27. D 28. A 29. B 30. C 31. D 32. A 33. B 34.
D 35. C 36. C 37. B 38. B 39. A 40. D
第二部分：
41. A 42. D 43. A 44. D 45. B 46. A 47. D 48. A 49. B 50. D 51.
C 52. B 53. C 54. B 55. C 56. C 57. B 58. C 59. A 60. D 81. B 82.
F 83. A 84. D 85. E
（Ⅰ卷61—80 为空题，无此序号）
第三部分： （Ⅱ卷第一节起从66序号开始）
第一节：
66. missed 67. breath
68. ordinary/average 69. encouraged
70. mirror 71. slightly
72. Australian 73. ashamed
74. January 75. imagine
第二节：
An American and a Frenchman decided to cross the sea
between France and England in the balloon in 1784. High 76. a
over the water, they discover a hole in the balloon. The 77. discovered
hole became bigger and bigger. The air keeps the 78. keeping
balloon up was escaping quickly and the balloon was 79. √
coming up. The two men threw all their equipment into 80. down
the water to make the balloon light. It started to rise 81. lighter
higher again. So it was still too close to the water. 82. But
Finally, the men threw away most of his clothes to 83. their
save themselves. The crowd waiting for to greet them in 84. for
England was very surprised see this when the balloon 85. to
landed in front of them.
2007年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（全国卷I）
英语试卷
本试卷分第I卷（选择题）和第II卷（非选择题）两部分。第I卷1至12页。第II卷13至14页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第I卷
注意事项：
1．答题前，考生在答题卡上务必用直经0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔将自己的姓名，准考证号填写清楚，并贴好条形码。请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
2．每小题选出答案后，用2 B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其他答案标号，在试题卷上作答无效。
第一部分 听力（共两节，满分30分）
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节 （共5 小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 7.5 分）
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A.￡19.15.
B.￡9.15.
C.￡9.18.
答案是B。
1. Who is coming for tea?
A. John. B. Mark. C. Tracy.
2. What will the man do next?
A. Leave right away. B. Stay for dinner. C. Catch a train.
3. What does the man come for?
A. A lecture. B. A meeting. C. A party.
4. What size does the man want?
A. 9. B. 35. C. 39.
5. What are the speakers talking about?
A. Life in Southeast Asia. B. Weather condition. C. A holiday tour.
第二节 （共15小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 22.5 分）
听下面5 段对话或独白。每段对话或独白后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅览室读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What is the man doing?
A. Giving a speech. B. Chairing a meeting. C. Introducing a person.
7. Why does the woman sing so well?
A. She has a great teacher. B. She teaches singing. C. She is young.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. What is the second gift for Jimmy?
A. A car. B. A watch. C. A computer.
9. Why does Jimmy feel happy?
A. He lives with his parents. B. He's got what he dreamt of.
C. He's received lots of presents.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. What is the relationship between the speakers?
A. They are friends. B. They are strangers to each other.
C. They are husband and wife.
11. Why does the woman come to talk with the man?
A. To get a job. B. To take a test. C. To see the secretary.
12. What does the man mean by saying sorry?
A. He can't hear the woman clearly. B. He doesn't need a designer.
C. He can't help the woman.
听第9段材料，回答第13至16题。
13. What do we know about the woman?
A. She lives close to the office. B. She is new to the company.
C. She likes the big kitchen.
14. How does the man go to work?
A. On foot. B. By bus. C. By car.
15. Why was Susan late for work?
A. She missed the bus. B. Her train was late. C. Her car broke down.
16. What will the man do the next day?
A. Go to work by train. B. Visit Lily in her flat. C. Leave home
earlier.
听第10段材料，回答第17至 20 题。
17. Where can you most probably hear this talk?
A. In a class of the English language. B. In a class of the Greek
language.
C. In a class of the French language.
18. How long does the class last?
A. 11 weeks. B. 13 weeks. C. 15 weeks.
19. What is "the short-cut" to learning words according
to the speaker?
A. Taking more courses. B. Reading basic words aloud.
C. Learning how words are formed.
20. Why is the class popular?
A. It is not offered each term. B. It's taught by Professor Morris.
C. It helps to master some useful rules.
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child ________ he
or she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
21. --Have you heard the latest news? --No, What ________?
A. is it B. is there C. are they D. are those
22. Some pre-school children go to a day care center, __________
they learn simple games and songs.
A. then B. there C. while D. where
23. The manager suggested an earlier date ____________ the meeting.
A. on B. for C. about D. with
24. --It's a long time since I saw my sister. --_______________
her this weekend?
A. Why not visit B. why not to visit
C. Why not visiting D. Why don't visit
25. --The last one __________________ pays the meal. --Agreed!
A. arrived B. arrives C. to arrive D. arriving
26. I won't call you, ________ something unexpected happens.
A. unless B. whether C. because D. while
27. --How's your tour around the North Lake? Is it beautiful?
--It ________ be, but it is now heavily polluted.
A. will B. would C. should D. must
28. We all know that, __________, the situation will get worse.
A. not if dealt carefully with B. if not carefully dealt with
C. if dealt not carefully with D. not if carefully dealt with
29. I smell something __________ in the kitchen. Can I call you
back in a minute?
A. burning B. burnt C. being burnt D. to be burnt
30. Does this meal cost $50? I __________ something far better than
this!
A. prefer B. expect C. suggest D. suppose
31. Between the two generations, it is often not their age, _________
their education that causes misunderstanding.
A. like B. as C. or D. but
32. I know a little bit about Italy as my wife and I ________ there
several years ago.
A. are going B. had been C. went D. have been
33. --Can you read the sign, sir? No smoking allowed in the lift!
--__________________.
A. Never mind B. Don't mention it
C. Sure, I don't smoke D. Pardon me
34. "Goodbye, then," she said, without even ___________
from her book.
A. looking down B. looking up C. looking away D. looking on
35. The flowers were so lovely that they __________ in no time.
A. sold B. had been sold C. were sold D. would sell
第二节 完型填空（共20小题；每小题 1.5 分，满分 30 分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
In the United States there was an unusual tale telling of the daughter
of a mechanic （技工）. One day while walking along the bank of a lake,
the girl 36 to see 20 eggs laid by a wild goose. After some time
the girl 37 the mother would not return to her eggs and she 38 to
take them home. There she carefully 39 the eggs in the heat of a
lamp. Several days 40 the eggs broke and the baby geese came into
the 41 .
Geese are known to take the first living thing they see as their
mother. 42 , to these young geese, the girl was their mother.
As they 43 , the girl was able to 44 her birds to run across the
grass, but she could not teach them to 45 . The girl became increasingly
worried about this, both when 46 and in her dreams. Later, she had
an 47 : She would pilot a plane to guide them in 48 . She asked
her father for a plane and he assembled（组装）a small aircraft for
her.
Caring about 49 safety, the father decided to pilot the plane himself.
However, the birds did not 50 or follow him, and 51 slept in the
grass.
One day, the girl 52 into the plane, started it and soon left the
53 . Seeing their mother take to the air, the birds 54 flapped（拍打）their
wings and 55 . She flew the plane freely in the sky, her young birds
following.
36. A. managed B. attempted C. happened D. supposed
37. A. realized B. expected C. imagined D. admitted
38. A. helped B. decided C. afforded D. meant
39. A. placed B. protected C. treated D. examined
40. A. ago B. out C. later D. long
41. A. family B. lake C. home D. world
42. A. But B. Also C. Thus D. Still
43. A. increased B. improved C. rose D. grew
44. A. ask B. lead C. want D. allow
45. A. fly B. race C. swim D. sing
46. A. asleep B. away C. around D. awake
47. A. idea B. opinion C. explanation D. excuse
48. A. sky B. heaven C. flight D. plane
49. A. his B. her C. their D. its
50. A. respect B. remember C. recognize D. receive
51. A. so B. instead C. hardly D. too
52. A. climbed B. looked C. reached D. fell
53. A. house B. floor C. water D. ground
54. A. secretly B. disappointedly C. patiently D. eagerly
55. A. looked away B. set out C. went by D. turned back
栏 目 树 形 导 航
加入收藏 设为首页 本站地图
| 网站首页 | 教学案 | 课件 | 软件 | 小学题 | 中学题 | 论文 | 班主任 | 实用文 | 中考 | 高考 |
板报 | 视频 | 综合 | 图片 | 留言 | | 高考首页
|
高考信息
|
高考动态
|
高考指南
|
模拟质检题
|
历届高考题
|
您现在的位置： 中小学教育教学网 >> 高考 >> 历届高考题 >> 英语 >>
文章正文
2007年高考英语试卷（全国卷I） ★★★ 【字体：小 大】
2007年高考英语试卷（全国卷I）
作者：佚名 文章来源：本站原创 点击数： 352 更新时间：2007-6-12
A
It was a winter morning, just a couple of weeks before Christmas
2005. While most people were warming up their cars, Trevor, my husband,
had to get up early to ride his bike four kilometers away from home
to work. On arrival, he parked his bike outside the back door as
he usually does. After putting in 10 hours of labor, he returned
to find his bike gone.
The bike, a black Kona 18 speed, was our only transport. Trevor
used it to get to work, putting in 60-hour weeks to support his
young family. And the bike was also used to get groceries（食品杂货），saving
us from having to walk long distances from where we live.
I was so sad that someone would steal our bike that I wrote to the
newspaper and told them our story. Shortly after that, several people
in our area offered to help. One wonderful stranger even bought
a bike, then called my husband to pick it up. Once again my husband
had a way to get to and from his job. It really is an honor that
a complete stranger would go out of their way for someone they have
never met before.
People say that a smile can be passed from one person to another,
but acts of kindness from strangers are even more so. This experience
has had a spreading effect in our lives because it strengthened
our faith in humanity（人性）as a whole. And it has influenced（影响）us
to be more mindful of ways we, too, can share with others. No matter
how big or how small, an act of kindness shows that someone cares.
And the results can be everlasting.
56. Why was the bike so important to the couple?
A. The man's job was bike racing. B. It was their only possession.
C. It was a nice Kona 18 speed. D. They used it for work and daily
life.
57. We can infer from the text that ____________.
A. the couple worked 60 hours a week. B. people were busy before
Christmas
C. the stranger brought over the bike D. life was hard for the young
family.
58. How did people get to know the couple's problem?
A. From radio broadcasts. B. From a newspaper.
C. From TV news. D. From a stranger.
59. What do the couple learn from their experience?
A. Strangers are usually of little help. B. One should take care
of their bike.
C. News reports make people famous. D. An act of kindness can mean
a lot.
B
Many animals recognize their food because they see it. So do humans.
When you see an apple or a piece of chocolate you know that these
are things you can eat. You can also use other senses when you choose
your food. You may like it because it smells good or because it
tastes good. You may dislike some types of food because they do
not look, smell or taste very nice. Different animals use different
senses to find and choose their food. A few animals depend on only
one of their senses, while most animals use more than one sense.
Although there are many different types of food, some animals spend
their lives eating only one type. The giant panda（大熊猫）eats only
one particular type of bamboo（竹子）. Other animals eat only one type
of food even when given the choice. A kind of white butterfly（蝴蝶）will
stay on the leaves of a cabbage, even though there are plenty of
other vegetables in the garden. However, most animals have a more
varied diet（多样化饮食）. The bear eats fruits and fish. The fox eats
small animals, birds and fruits. The diet of these animals will
be different depending on the season.
Humans have a very varied diet. We often eat food because we like
it and not because it is good for us. In countries such as France
and Britain, people eat foods with too much sugar. This makes them
overweight, which is bad for their health. Eating too much red meat
and animal products, such as butter, can also be bad for the health.
Choosing the right food, therefore, has become an area of study
in modern life.
60. We can infer from the text that humans and animals _________.
A. depend on one sense in choosing food B. are not satisfied with
their food
C. choose food in similar ways D. eat entirely different food
61. Which of the following eats only one type of food?
A. The white butterfly. B. The small bird.
C. The bear. D. The fox.
62. Certain animals change their choice of food when ___________.
A. the season changes B. the food color changes
C. they move to different places D. they are attracted by different
smells
63. We can learn from the last paragraph that __________.
A. food is chosen for a good reason B. French and British food is
good
C. some people have few choices of food D. some people care little
about healthy diet
C
Our "Mommy and Me" time began two years ago. My next-door
neighbor and fellow mother, Christie, and I were out in our front
yards, watching seven children of age 6 and under ride their bikes
up and down. "I wish I could take one of my children out alone,"
said Christie.
Then we worked out a plan: When Christie takes one of her children
out, I'll watch her other three. And when she watches two of mine,
I'll take someone out.
The children were extremely quick to accept the idea of "Mommy
and Me" time. Christie's daughter, McKenzie, went first. When
she returned, the other children showered her with tons of questions.
McKenzie was smiling broadly. Christie looked refreshed and happy.
"She's like a different child when there's no one else around,"
Christie shared with me quickly. With her mother all to herself,
McKenzie didn't have to make an effort to gain attention.
Just as Christie had noticed changes in McKenzie, I also discovered
something different in each of my children during our alone times.
For example, I am always surprised when my daughter, who is seldom
close to me, holds my hand frequently. My stuttering（口吃的）son, Tom,
doesn't stutter once during our activities since he doesn't have
to struggle for a chance to speak. And the other son, Sam, who's
always a follower when around other children shines as a leader
during our times together.
The "Mommy and Me" time allows us to be simply alone and
away with each child ---talking, sharing, and laughing, which has
been the biggest gain. Every child deserves（应得到）to be an only child
at least once in a while.
64. What is the text mainly about?
A. The experience of the only child being with mother.
B. The advantage of spending time with one child at a time.
C. The happy life of two families.
D. The basic needs of children.
65. Right after McKenzie came back, the other children were _____________.
A. happy B. curious C. regretful D. friendly
66. What is one of the changes the author finds in her children?
A. The daughter acts like a leader. B. Sam holds her hand more often.
C. The boys become better followers. D. Tom has less difficulty
in speaking.
67. The author seems to believe that ___________.
A. having brothers and sisters is fun
B. it's tiring to look after three children
C. every child needs parents' full attention
D. parents should watch others' children
D
Anyone who cares about what schools and colleges teach and how their
students learn will be interested in the memoir（回忆录）of Ralph W.
Tyler, who is one of the most famous men in American education.
Born in Chicago in 1902, brought up and schooled in Nebraska, the
19-year-old college graduate Ralph Tyler became hooked on teaching
while teaching as a science teacher in South Dakota and changed
his major from medicine to education.
Graduate work at the University of Chicago found him connected with
honorable educators Charles Judd and W. W. Charters, whose ideas
of teaching and testing had an effect on his later work. In 1927,
he became a teacher of Ohio State University where he further developed
a new method of testing.
Tyler became well-known nationality in 1938, when he carried his
work with the Eight-Year Study from Ohio State University to the
University of Chicago at the invitation of Robert Hutchins.
Tyler was the first director of the Center for Advanced Study in
the Behavioral Sciences at Stanford, a position he held for fourteen
years. There, he firmly believed that researchers should be free
to seek an independent（独立的）spirit in their work.
Although Tyler officially retired in 1967, he never actually retired.
He served on a long list of educational organizations in the United
States and abroad. Even in his 80s he traveled across the country
to advise teachers and management people on how to set objectives（目标）that
develop the best teaching and learning within their schools.
68. Who are most probably interested in Ralph W. Tyler's memoir?
A. Top managers. B. Language learners.
C. Serious educators. D. Science organizations.
69. The words "hooked oh teaching" underlined in Paragraph
2 probably mean ________.
A. attracted to teaching B. tired of teaching
C. satisfied with teaching D. unhappy about teaching
70. Where did Tyler work as the leader of a research center for
over 10 years?
A. The University of Chicago. B. Stanford University.
C. Ohio State University. D. Nebraska University.
71. Tyler is said to have never actually retired because ____________.
A. he developed a new method of testing B. he called for free spirit
in research
C. he was still active in giving advice D. he still led the Eight-Year
Study
E
Today about 70 countries use Daylight Saving Time (DST). Daylight
Saving was first introduced during World War I in Australia. During
the world wars, DST was used for the late summers beginning January
1917 and 1942, and the full summers beginning September 1942 and
1943.
In 1967, Tasmania experienced a drought（干旱）. The State Government
introduced one hour of daylight saving that summer as a way of saving
power and water. Tasmanians liked the idea of daylight saving and
the Tasmanian Government has declared daylight saving each summer
since 1968. Persuaded by the Tasmanian Government, all states except
two passed a law in 1971, for a test use of daylight saving. In
1972, New South Wales, South Australia and Victoria joined Tasmania
for regular daylight saving, but Queensland did not do so until
1989.
Tasmania, Queensland and South Australia have had irregular plans,
often changing their dates due to politics or festivals（节日）. For
example, in 1992, Tasmania extended（延长）daylight saving by an extra
month while South Australia began extending daylight saving by two
weeks for the Adelaide Festival. Special daylight saving plans were
made during the Sydney 2000 Olympic Games.
The differences in daylight saving in Australia continue to cause
serious problems in transport and many other social activities.
It also reduces the number of hours in the working day that are
common to all centers in the country. In particular, time differences
along the east coast cause major differences, especially for the
broadcasters of national radio and television.
72. Daylight Saving Time was introduced in Tasmania _______________.
A. to stop the drought in 1967 B. to support government officials
C. to pass a special law in the state D. to save water and electricity
73. According to the text, which state was the last to use DST?
A. Victoria. B. Queensland.
C. South Australia. D. New South Wales.
74. What can we learn about DST in some Australian states?
A. It doesn't have fixed dates. B. It is not used in festivals.
C. Its plan was changed in 2000. D. It lasts for two weeks.
75. What do we know about the use of DST from the last paragraph?
A. There exist some undesirable effects. B. It helps little to save
energy.
C. It brings about longer working days. D. Radio and TV programs
become different.
第II卷
注意事项：
1.答题前，考生先在答题卡上用直径0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔将自己的姓名、准考证号填写清楚，然后贴好条形码，请认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名和科目。
2.第II卷共2页，请用直径0.5毫米黑色墨水签字笔在答题卡上各题的答题区域内作答，在试题卷上作答无效。
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线（╲）划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号（∧），在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
I was only about six that he held his hand 76. _________________
out to me. I took it in me and we walked. Then 77. _________________
I ask him, "Grandpa, how come you have 78. _________________
so much lines on your hand?" he laughed and 79. _________________
said, "Well, that's a big question!" He was 80. _________________
silent for a moment. So he answered slowly: 81. _________________
"Each these lines stands for a trouble in my 82. _________________
life." I looked at his other hand. "But Grandpa, 83. _________________
what do you have more lines on that one?" 84. _________________
"Because there are more the honors and joys 85. _________________
in my life."
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你是李华，希望通过外籍教师Peter找一个英语笔友。请写一封短信，描述一下你理想中笔友的条件，并说明为什么选这样的笔友。具体条件包括：
1.年龄；
2.性别；
3.爱好（旅游、运动、宠物等）。
注意：1．词数100 左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3．开头语已为你写好。
Dear Peter,
I am writing to ask whether you are able to do me a favor. _____________________
________________________________________________________________________
Best regards,
Li Hua
2007年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（全国卷I）
英语试卷
参考答案
第一部分 听力
1．B 2．A 3．B 4．A 5．C
6．C 7．A 8．C 9．B 10．B
11．A 12．C 13．A 14．B 15．B
16．C 17．A 18．B 19．C 20．C
第二部分 英语知识运用
21．A 22．D 23．B 24．A 25．C
26．A 27．C 28．B 29．A 30．B
31．D 32．C 33．D 34．B 35．C
36．C 37．A 38．B 39．A 40．C
41．D 42．C 43．D 44．B 45．A
46．D 47．A 48．C 49．B 50．C
51．B 52．A 53．D 54．D 55．B
第三部分 阅读理解
56．D 57．D 58．B 59．D 60．C
61．A 62．A 63．D 64．B 65．B
66．D 67．C 68．C 69．A 70．B
71．C 72．D 73．B 74．A 75．A
第四部分 第一节 短文改错：
76．that - when
77．me -mine
78．ask - asked
79．much - many
80．√
81．So - Then / And
2007年高考英语试题?全国卷II（附答案）
注意事项：
本试题卷分第1卷(选择题) 和第II卷 (非选择题) 两部分, 总分150分, 考试时间120分钟.
答题前, 考生须将自己的姓名、准考证号、考场号、座位号填写在本试题卷指定的位置。
选择题的每小题选出后，用2B铅笔将答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑，如需改动，用橡皮擦干净后，再选涂其它答案，不能答在试题卷上。
非选择题必须使用0. 5毫米的黑色字迹的签字笔在答题卡上书写，字体工整，笔迹清楚。
非选择题必须按照题号顺序在答题卡上各题目的答题区域内作答。超出答题区域或在其它题的答题区域内书写的答案无效；在草稿纸、本试题卷上答题无效。
考试结束，将本试题卷和答题卡一并交回。
第一卷 (选择题)
第一部分 英语知识运用(共三节，满分50分)
I. 语音知识(共５小题；每小题１分，满分５分)
从Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：have
A. gave B. save C. hat D. made
1. stop
A. lose B. woman C. shock D. rose
2. breathe
A. thick B. southern C. mathematics D. method
3. ground
A. house B. country C. group D. cough
4. center
A. ocean B. decide C. cause D. socialist
5. animal
A. ache B. anything C. advance D. anxious
II. 语法与词汇知识(共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分)
从Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡将该项涂黑。
例：We ________ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
答案是Ｃ。
6. —We have booked a room for today and tomorrow.
—_________, sir.
A. I’m sure B. My pleasure C. It’s all right D. I’ll check
7. ________ felt funny watching myself on TV.
A. One B. This C. It D. That
8. ________ he had not hurt his leg, John would have won the race.
A. If B. Since C. Though D. When
9. After two years’ research, we now have a ________ better understanding
of the disease.
A. very B. far C. fairly D. quite
10. Speaking of all the songs he has written, I think this is probably
his ________ one.
A. better-known B. well-known C. best-known D. most-known
11. If Joe’s wife won’t go to the party, ________.
A. he will either B. neither will he C. he neither will D. either
he will
12. At the beginning of class, the noise of desks ________ could
be heard outside the classroom.
A. opened and closed B. to be opened and closed
C. being opened and closed D. to open and close
13. I have ________ all my papers but I still can’t find my notes.
A. looked through B. looked for C. looked after D. looked out
14.–I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.
–________, Bill.
A. You’re welcome B. Go ahead C. Don’t mention it D. No problem
15.–Is there anything wrong, Bob? You look sad.
–Oh, nothing much. In fact, I ________ of my friends back home.
A. have just thought B. was just thinking
C. would just think D. will just be thinking
16. Some people choose jobs for other reasons ________ money these
days.
A. for B. except C. besides D. with
17. ________ matters most in learning English is enough practice.
A. What B. Why C. Where D. Which
18. Why don’t you just ________ your own business and leave me alone?
A. make B. open C. consider D. mind
19. –Could you tell me the way to ________ Johnsons, please?
--Sorry, we don’t have ________ Johnson here in the village.
A. the; the B. the; a C. /; the D. the; /
20. –Tom, you didn’t come to the party last night?
–I ________, but I suddenly remembered I had homework to do.
A. had to B. didn’t C. was going to D. wouldn’t
III. 完型填空(共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ) 中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
We arrived in Spain for the first time a few weeks ago. I decided
to ___21___ a car because we had sold the one we had in England
before ___22___ home. Yesterday the sales office rang us to say
the car was ___23___. I had tried out a model like it before, but
as I was not yet ___24___ driving in this city, my wife did not
want me to collect it ___25___ so we went together to ___26___ it.
We paid for the car and ___27___ the papers. They told us that there
was ___28___ petrol(汽油) to take us to a garage, where we could fill
up. The ___29___ garage to the office was about 100 yards away and
we got there 30. But when I turned into main road I suddenly saw
a lot of cars racing ___31___ me. I got out of ___32___ as fast
as I could by backing into the garage ___33___ and the man behind
___34___ me.
“It’s such a problem to ___35___ to drive on the right side, isn’t
it?” my wife said. “Yes, if only I had had a few lessons for ___36___.”
I replied. “You had better go ___37___ on the way home,” my wife
said. “You’d be sorry if you had ___38___ on the first day, wouldn’t
you?” While we were talking, the man behind got out of his car and
said in good English,” Would you mind telling me ___39___ you are
thinking of leaving? ___40___ are you going to sit in your car all
day?”
21. A. borrow B. drive C. buy D. choose
22. A. leaving B. making C. returning D. getting
23. A. right B. ready C. fixed D. sold
24. A. sure of B. satisfied with C. interested in D. used to
25. A. on my own B. right away C. in a hurry D. on the way
26. A. receive B. bring C. order D. fetch
27. A. accepted B. wrote C. signed D. copied
28. A. little B. enough C. much D. no
29. A. best B. nearest C. quickest D. cleanest
30. A. lately B. directly C. safely D. slowly
31. A. after B. with C. around D. towards
32. A. their way B. the garage C. their sight D. the car
33. A. at last B. once more C. as usual D. as well
34. A. caught B. cheered C. shouted at D. chatted with
35. A. prepare B. continue C. choose D. remember
36. A. discussion B. adventure C. experiment D. practice
37. A. carefully B. smoothly C. quickly D. differently
38. A. an error B. a problem C. as accident D. a headache
39. A. when B. why C. how D. what
40. A. For B. Or C. But D. So
第二部分 阅读理解(共25小题，第一节第小题2分，第二节每小题1分；满分45分)
第一节 阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(Ａ、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ) 中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Growing up in Philadelphia, Lieberman started cooking with his stay-at-home
dad when he was seven. His food-loving family had two kitchens,
and he quickly learned what was the best way to bake his cakes.
Lieberman improved his kitchen skills greatly during a year abroad
before college, learning from a cook in Italy and studying local
specialties(地方特色菜) in Germany, Spain and France. At Yale, he was
known for throwing dinner parties, single-handedly frying and baking
while mixing drinks for dozens of friends. Just for fun, he and
some friends decided to tape a show named Campus Cuisine about his
cooking. Lieberman was a real college student showing his classmates
how to do things like make drinks out of dining-hall fruit. That
helped the show become very popular among the students. They would
stop Lieberman after classes to ask for his advice on cooking. Tapes
of the show were passed around, with which his name went beyond
the school and finally to the Food Network.
Food Network producer Flay hopes the young cook will find a place
on the network television. He says Lieberman’s charisma is key.
“Food TV isn’t about food anymore,” says Flay. “It’s about your
personality(个性) and finding a way to keep people’s eyeballs on your
show.”
But Lieberman isn’t putting all his eggs in one basket. After taping
the first season of the new how, Lieberman was back in his won small
kitchen preparing sandwiches. An airline company(航空公司) was looking
for some one to come up with a tasteful, inexpensive and easy-to-make
menu to serve on its flights, Lieberman got the job.
41. We can learn from the text that Lieberman’s family ________.
A. have relatives in Europe B. love cooking at home
C. often hold parties D. own a restaurant
42. The Food Network got to know Lieberman ________.
A. at one of his parties B. from his teachers
C. through his taped show D. on a television program
43. What does the word “charisma” underlined in the text refer to?
A. A natural ability to attract others. B. A way to show one’s achievement.
C. Lieberman’s after-class interest. D. Lieberman’s fine cooking
skill.
44. Why did the airline company give Lieberman the job?
A. He could prepare meals in a small kitchen.
B. He was famous for his shows on Food TV.
C. He was good at using eggs to make sandwiches.
D. He could cook cheap, delicious and simple meals.
45. What can we learn about Lieberman from the text?
A. He is clever but lonely. B. he is friendly and active.
C. He enjoys traveling around. D. He often changes his menus.
B
Some people have the feeling that nothing can be done about their
poor reading ability(能力). They feel hopeless about it. Can you learn
to read better, or must you agree that nothing can be done about
it?
To be sure, people are different. You cannot to do everything as
well as certain other people do. It al the students in a class tried
out for basketball, some would be very good players; others would
be very poor; and many would be in between. But even the very poor
players can become much better players if they are guided in the
right way, and with plenty of practice. It is the same with reading.
Some seem to enjoy reading and to read well without any special
help. Others find reading a slow and tiring job. In between, there
are all degrees of reading ability.
Many experiments have shown that just about every poor reader can
improve his reading ability. In these experiments, the poor readers
were given tests of reading ability. After some of the causes of
their poor reading were discovered, they were given special instruction
and practice in reading. After a few months, another test of the
same kind was given. In nearly all cases, these people had raised
their reading scores.
46. With the example of basketball players, the author shows ________.
A. why certain people are poor readers
B. that there are differences in people’s abilities
C. why some people are good basketball players
D. that good basketball players can be good readers
47. To improve their reading ability, people should ________.
A. work long and hard B. take different forms of tests
C. have special help and practice D. try different reading materials
48. The experiments mentioned in the text show that ________.
A. good readers seem to enjoy reading
B. almost all poor readers can make progress
C. causes of poor reading are difficult to find out
D. tests help people improve their reading ability
C
Odland remembers like it was yesterday working in an expensive French
restaurant in Denver. The ice cream he was serving fell onto the
white dress of a rich and important woman.
Thirty years have passed, but Odland can’t get the memory out of
his mind, nor the woman’s kind reaction(反应). She was shocked, regained
calmness and, in a kind voice, told the young Odland. “It’s OK.
It wasn’t your fault.” When she left the restaurant, she also left
the future Fortune 500 CEO(总裁) with a life lesson: You can tell
a lot about a person by the way he or she treats the waiter.
Odland isn’t the only CEO to have made this discovery. Rather, it
seems to be one of those few laws of the land that every CEO learns
on the way up. It’s hard to get a dozen CEO’s to agree about anything,
but most agree with the Waiter Rule. They say how others treat the
CEO says nothing. But how others treat the waiter is like a window
into the soul.
Watch out for anyone who pulls out the power card to say something
like, “I could but this place and fire you,” or “I know the owner
and I could have you fired.” Those who say such things have shown
more about their character(人品) than about their wealth and power.
The CEO who came up with it, or at least first wrote it down, is
Raytheon CEO Bill Swanson. He wrote a best-selling book called Swanson’s
Unwritten Rules of Management.
“A person who is nice to you but rude to the waiter, or to others,
is not a nice person,” Swanson says. “I will never offer a job to
the person who is sweet to the boss but turns rude to someone cleaning
the tables.”
41. What happened after Odland dropped the ice cream onto the woman’s
dress?
A. He was fired. B. He was blamed.
C. The woman comforted him. D. The woman left the restaurant at
once.
50. Odland leaned one of his life lessons from ________.
A. his experience as a waiter. B. the advice given by the CEOs
C. an article in Fortune D. an interesting best-selling book
51. According to the text, most CEOs have the same opinion about
________.
A. Fortune 500 companies B. the Management Rules
C. Swanson’s book D. the Waiter Rule
52. From the text we can learn that ________.
A. one should be nicer to important people
B. CEOs often show their power before others
C. one should respect others no matter who they are
D. CEOs often have meals in expensive restaurants
D
It is difficult for doctors to help a person with a damaged brain.
Without enough blood, the brain lives for only three to five minutes.
More often the doctors can’t fix the damage. Sometimes they are
afraid to try something to help because it is dangerous to work
on the brain. The doctors might make the person worse if he operates
on the brain.
Dr. Robert White, a famous professor and doctor, thinks he knows
a way to help. He thinks doctors should make the brain very cold.
If it is very cold, the brain can live without blood for 30 minutes.
This gives the doctor a longer time to do something for the brain.
Dr. White tried his idea on 13 monkeys. First he taught them to
do different jobs, then he operated on them. He made the monkeys’
blood back to the monkeys’ brains. When the brain’s temperature
was 10℃, Dr. White stopped the blood to the brain. After 30 minutes
he turned the blood back on. He warmed the blood again. After their
operations the monkeys were like they had been before. They were
healthy and busy. Each one could still do the jobs the doctor had
taught them.
53. The biggest difficulty in operating on the damaged brain is
that ________.
A. the time is too short for doctors B. the patients are often too
nervous
C. the damage is extremely hard to fix D. the blood-cooling machine
might break down
54. The brain operation was made possible mainly by ________.
A. taking the blood out of the brain
B. trying the operation on monkeys first
C. having the blood go through a machine
D. lowering the brain’s temperature
55. With Dr. White’s new idea, the operation on the damaged brain
________.
A. can last as long as 30 minutes B. can keep the brain’s blood
warm
C. can keep the patient’s brain healthy D. can help monkeys do different
jobs
56. What is the right order of the steps in the operations?
a. send the cooled back to the brain b. stop the blood to the brain
c. have the blood cooled down d. operate on the brain
A. a, b, c, d B. c, a, b, d C. c, b, d, a D. b, c, d, a
E
Most people want to know how things are made. They honestly admit,
however, that they hardly know a thing when it comes to understanding
how a piece of music is made. Where a composer(作曲家) begins, how
he manages to keep going – in fact, how and when he learns his trade
– all are covered in complete darkness. The composer, in short,
is a man of mystery(神秘).
One of the first things the common man wants to know about is the
part inspiration(灵感) plays in a composer’s work. He finds it difficult
to believe that composers are not much interested in that question.
Writing music is as natural for the composer as eating or sleeping
for all. Music is something that the composer happens to have been
born for.
The composer, therefore, does not say to himself: “Do I feel inspired?”
He says to himself: “Do I feel like working today?” And if he feels
like working, he does. It is more or less like saying to himself:
“Do I feel sleepy?” if you feel sleepy, you go to sleep. If you
don’t feel sleepy, you stay up. If the composer doesn’t feel like
working, he doesn’t work. It’s as simple as that.
57. What would be the best title for the text?
A. Composer: a man of mystery B. Practice makes good music
C. Relation between sleeping and music D. Music: product of nature
58. The words “covered in complete darkness” underlined in Paragraph
1 most probably mean ________.
A. difficult to be made B. without any light
C. black in color D. not known
59. Most people seem to think that a composer ________.
A. finds it difficult to write music B. considers it important to
have a good rest
C. should like to talk about inspiration D. never asks himself very
simple questions
60. The author will most probably agree that composers ________.
A. are born with a gift for music B. are people full of mystery
C. work late at night for their music D. know a lot about eating
and sleeping
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
－Mary, do you want to see the pictures of my holiday in Italy?
－____61____
－Ah, it was great! The food was great! The wine was great! But the
traffic was terrible!
－ ____62____
－Those Italians are crazy drivers! I don’t want to think about it!
－Yes, so here’s a picture of the Tower of Pisa.
－OK, OK, ____63____
－Yes, so here’s a picture of the Tower of Pisa.
－How nice!
－It was raining that day, but it was still wonderful. We climbed
to the top!
－ ____64____
－That’s a photo of the Arno River. That’s the “Ponte Vecchio”, the
old bridge.
－ ____65____
－It was very interesting. There were beautiful old buildings in
the city, and lots of wonderful museums.
－That’s nice.
A. And what’s this?
B. Why was it so bad?
C. Yes, it was wonderful.
D. What was Florence like?
E. Let’s return to the good parts.
F. Sure, what was your holiday like?
G. Well, did you like your hotel there?
第二卷(非选择题)
I．单词拼写：根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在句子右边的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式。(每空只写一词)
66. There’s a ____66____(留言) from Karen on the phone.
67. They football game was ____67____(播出) live on TV across Europe.
68. They’re going to ____68____(庆祝) their victory with music and
dancing.
69. The ____69____(大多数) of students find it quite hard to learn
German.
70. Very few people ____70____(成功) in losing weight these days.
71. The book gives a short ____71____(描述) of the city.
72. The doctor ____72____(表扬) our daughter for her courage this
morning.
73. There were piles of newspapers ____73____(到处) in the house.
74. What is your ____74____(最喜欢的) color?
75. The little girl is wearing a ____75____(粉红色的) dress.
II．短文改错：此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边横线上画一个(√) ；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)
，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(\) 划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处如一个漏字符号(∧) ，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。
此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不要改。
Dear Grandpa,
Thank you for your letter,
My school is organizing a basketball team and
there’s just a chance which I can join it. I’m little of 76. ________________
course, but terribly quick and bravely. While the others 77. ________________
are jumping about in the air, I can run under my legs 78. ________________
and get the ball. It will be lots of fun for practicing out 79.
________________
in the playground in the afternoon with the tree 80. ________________
around us all red and yellow and everybody laughing 81. ________________
and shouting. These are the happier girls I’ve ever 82. ________________
seen and I’m the happiest in all! 83. ________________
I meant to write long letter and tell you all the 84. ________________
things I’m doing at school, but the bell was ringing, 85. ________________
so I just have to stop here.
Love,
Judy
III．书面表达(满分30分)
一家宾馆新开业，为吸引外国宾客，希望在互联网上进行宣传，请你用英语为其写一篇文字介绍。主要内容就包括：
地点：距白山入口处500米；
房间及价格：单人间(共20间) ；
100元／天；双人间(共15间) ；
150元／天；热水淋浴；
餐饮：餐厅(中、西餐) ，咖啡厅(茶、咖啡) ；
游泳池：全天免费开放；
欢迎预定。
注意：
词数100左右，开头语已为你写好；
可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯
＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊＊
Welcome to Baishan Mountain Hotel
Baishan Mountain Hotel is now open for business.
_______________________________________________________
参考答案
第一部分：
1~5 CBABD 6~10 DCABC 11~15 BCADB 16~20 CADBC
21~25 CABDA 26~30 DCBBC 31~35 DABCD 36~40 DACAB
第二部分：
41~45 BCADB 46~50 BCBCA 51~55 DCADA 56~60 BADCA
61~65 FBEAD
第三部分：
第一节：
66. message 67. broadcast/broadcasted 68. celebrate
69. majority 70. succeed 71. description 72. praised
73. everywhere 74. favo(u) rite 75. pink
第二节：
76. which à that 77. bravely à brave 78. my à their 79. 去掉for
80. tree à trees 81. 正确 82. happier à happiest 83. in à of
84. write ∧ long à write (a) long 85. was à is
写作：
Welcome to Baishan Mountain Hotel
Baishan Mountain Hotel is now open for business.
Our hotel stands 500 meters away from the entrance to Baishan Mountain.
It has 20 single rooms and 15 double rooms, all with hot showers.
A single room is 100 yuan and a double room 150 yuan for one night.
You are advised to book in advance. The hotel serves three meals
a day and there are Chinese food and western food for you to choose
from. You can also enjoy yourself at the café drinking tea or coffee
in the evening. We also have a swimming pool, which is open all
day and free of charge.
All are welcome!
2008年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试 （全国卷I）
英语
第一卷
第一部分 听力 （共两节，满分30分）
第一节 （共5小题，每小题1.5分，满分7.5分）
听下面5段对话，每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置，听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟时间来回答有关小题和阅读下一小题。每段对话仅读一遍。
例：How much is the shirt?
A. ￡19.15 B. ￡9.15 C. ￡9.18
答案是B。
1. What is the weather like?
A. It’s raining. B. It’s cloudy.
2. Who will go to China next month?
A. Lucy. B. Alice. C. Richard.
3. What are the speakers talking about?
A. The man’s sister. B. A film. C. An actor.
4. Where will the speakers meet?
A. In Room 340. B. In Room 314. C. In Room 223.
5. Where does the conversation most probably take place？
A. In a restaurant. B. In an office. C. At home.
第二节 （共15小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分）
听下面5段对话或独白，每段对话或独白后面有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话或独白前，你将有时间阅读各小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题将给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话或独白读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6至8题。
6. Why did the woman go to New York?
A. To spend some time with the baby.
B. To look after her sister.
C. To find a new job.
7. How old was the baby when the woman left New York?
A. Two months. B. Five months. C. Seven months.
8. What did the woman like doing most with the baby?
A. Holding him. B. Playing with him. C. Feeding him.
听第7段材料，回答第9至11题。
9. What are the speakers talking about?
A. A way to improve air quality. B. A problem with traffic rules.
C. A suggestion for city planning.
10. What does the man suggest?
A. Limiting the use of cars. B. Encouraging people to walk.
C. Warning drivers of air pollution.
11. What does the woman think about the man’s idea?
A. It’s interesting. B. It’s worth trying. C. It’s impractical.
听第8段材料，回答第12至14小题。
12. How long will the man probably stay in New Zealand?
A. One week. B. Two weeks.
C. Three weeks.
13. What advice does the woman give to the man?
A. Go to New Zealand after Christmas.
B. Book his flight as soon as possible.
C. Save more money for his trip.
14. What can we learn about flights to New Zealand at Christmas
time?
A. They require early booking.
B. They can be twice as expensive.
C. They are on special offer.
听第9段材料，回答第15至17题。
15. Why did Jane call Mike?
A. To ask him to meet her.
B. To tell him about Tom.
C. To borrow his car.
16. Where will Jane be in about one hour?
A. At Mike’s place. B. At the airport.
C. At a garage.
17. What can we infer from the conversation?
A Jane has just learned to drive.
B. Jane’s car is in bad condition.
C. Mike will go to the airport.
听第10段材料，回答第18至20题。
18. What did the speaker ask the students to do the week before?
A. Write a short story. B. Prepare for the lesson.
C. Learn more about the writer.
19. Why does the speaker ask the questions?
A. To check the students’ understanding of the story.
B. To draw the students’ attention to reading skills.
C. To let the students discuss father-son relationships.
20. What will the students do in 10 minutes? 【C】
A. Ask more questions. B. Discuss in groups.
C. Give their answers.
第二部分 英语知识运用（共两节，满分45分）
第一节 单项填空（共15小题：每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：We ______ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
答案是C。
21.—Would you like to join me for a quick lunch before class?
— ______, but I promised Nancy to go out with her.
A. I’d like to B. I like it. C. I don’t D. I will
22.—What fruit is in season now?
—Pears and apples, ______.
A. I know B. I think C. I see D. I feel
23. The performance ______ nearly three hours, but few people left
the theatre early.
A. covered B. reached C. played D. lasted
24. Let’s learn to use the problem we are facing _____ a stepping-stone
to future success.
A. to B. for C. as D. by
25. The lawyer seldom wears anything other than a suit ______ the
season.
A. whatever B. wherever C. whenever D. however
26. I like getting up very early in summer. The morning air is so
good ______.
A. to be breathed B. to breathe C. breathing D. being breathed
27. — Have you known Dr. Jackson for a long time?
—Yes, since she ______ the Chinese Society.
A. has joined B. joins C. had joined D. joined
28. You’re driving too fast. Can you drive ______?
A. more slowly a bit B. slowly a bit more
C. a bit more slowly D. slowly more bit
29. The wet weather will continue tomorrow when a cold front ______
to arrive.
A. is expected B. is expecting C. expects D. will be expected
30. —Which of the two computer games did you prefer?
—Actually I didn’t like ______.
A. both of them B. either of them
C. none of them D. neither of them
31. —Have you got any idea for the summer vacation?
—I don’t mind where we get ______ there’s sun, sea and beach.
A. as if B. as long as C. now that D. in order that
32. The weather was ______ cold that I didn’t like to leave my room.
A. really B. such C. too D. so
33. The English spoken in the United States is only slightly different
from ______ spoken in England.
A. which B. what C. that D. the one
34. After studying in a medical college for five years, Jane ______
her job as a doctor in the countryside.
A. set out B. took over C. took up D. set up
35. —Sorry, I made a mistake again.
— ______. Practice more and you’ll succeed.
A. Never mind B. Certainly not C. Not at all D. Don’t mention it
第二节 完形填空(共20小题，每题1.5分，共30分)
阅读下面短文，撑握其大意，然后从36—55各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
After the birth of my second child, I got a job at a restaurant.
Having worked with an experienced 36 for a few days, I was 37 to
wait tables on my own. All went 38 that first week. When Saturday
night came, I was luckily 39 the tables not far from the kitchen.
40 , I still felt a little hard to carry the heavy trays (托盘)。
Before I knew it, the 41 was full of people. I moved slowly, 42
every step. I remember how 43 I was when I saw the tray stand near
the tables, it looked different from the one I was 44 on. It had
nice handles (手柄)，which made it 45 to move around. I was pleased
with everything and began to 46 I was a natural at this job.
Then, an old man came to me and said, “Excuse me, dear, my wife
and I loved __47 you work. It seems your tray stand has been very
48 to you, but we are getting ready to 49 now, and my wife needs
her 50 back.”
At first his 51 did not get across. “What was he talking about!”
Then I got it. I had set my trays on his wife’s orthopedic walker
(助步器). I stood frozen as ice, but my face was 52 . I wanted to get
into a hole and 53 .
Since then, I have learned from many mistakes such as the one I
just 54 , I have learned to be more 55 and not to be too sure of
myself.
36. A. manager B. assistant C. cook D. waitress
37. A. promised B. invited C. allowed D. advised
38. A. well B. quickly C. safely D. wrong
39. A. left B. given C. brought D. shown
40. A. Therefore B. However C. Otherwise D. Finally
41. A. kitchen B. street C. restaurant D. table
42. A. minding B. changing C. taking D. saving
43. A. angry B. calm C. sad D. happy
44. A. fixed B. trained C. loaded D. waited
45. A. slower B. lighter C. quieter D. easier
46. A. believe B. agree C. regret D. pretend
47. A. letting B. making C. watching D. having
48. A. useful B. familiar C. unusual D. interesting
49. A. rest B. order C. eat D. leave
50. A. bag B. walker C. tray D. coat
51. A. idea B. praise C. message D. need
52. A. cold B. full of joy C. pale D. on fire
53. A. lie B. hide C. defend D. stay
54. A. repeated B. discovered C. corrected D. described
55. A. careful B. patient C. honest D. practical
第三部分 阅读理解(共20小题;每小题2分，满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
Last week my youngest son and I visited my father at his new home
in Tucson, Arizona. He moved there a few years ago, and I was eager
to see his new place and meet his friends.
My earliest memories of my father are a tall, handsome, successful
man devoted to his work and his family, but uncomfortable with his
children. As a child I loved him. He seemed unhappy with me unless
I got straight A’s and unhappy with my boyfriends if their fathers
were not as “successful” as he was. Whenever I went out with him
on weekends, I used to struggle to think up things to say, feeling
on guard.
On the first day of my visit, we went out with one of my father’s
friends for lunch at an outdoor café. We talked along that afternoon,
did some shopping, ate on the street table, and laughed over my
son’s funny facial expressions. Gone was my father’s critical (挑剔的)
air and strict rules. Who was this person I knew as my father, who
seemed so friendly and interesting to be around? What had held him
back before?
The next day dad pulled out his childhood pictures and told me quite
a few stories about his own childhood. Although our times together
became easier over the years, I never felt closer to him at that
moment. After so many years, I’m at last seeing another side of
my father. And in so doing, I’m delighted with my new friend. My
dad, in his new home in Arizona, is back to me from where he was.
56. Why did the author feel bitter about her father as a young adult?
A. He was silent most of the time.
B. He was too proud of himself.
C. He did not love his children.
D. He expected too much of her.
57. When the author went out with her father on weekend, she would
feel .
A. nervous B. sorry C. tired D. safe
58. What does the author think of her father after her visit to
Tucson?
A. More critical. B. More talkative
C. Gentle and friendly. D. Strict and hard-working.
59. The underlined words “my new friend” in the last paragraph refer
to .
A. the author’s son B. the author’s father
C. the friend of the author’s father D. the café owner
B
More than 10 years ago, it was difficult to buy a tasty pineapple
(菠萝). The fruits that made it to the UK were green on the outside
and, more often than not, hard with an unpleasant taste within.
Then in 1966, the Del Monte Gold pineapple produced in Hawaii first
hit our shelves.
The new type of pineapple looked more yellowy-gold than green. It
was slightly softer on the outside and had a lot of juice inside.
But the most important thing about this new type of pineapple was
that it was twice as sweet as the hit-and-miss pineapples we had
known. In no time, the Del Monte Gold took the market by storm,
rapidly becoming the world’s best-selling pineapple variety, and
delivering natural levels of sweetness in the mouth, up until then
only found in tinned pineapple.
In nutrition (营养) it was all good news too. This nice tasting pineapple
contained four times more vitamin C(维生素C) than the old green variety.
Nutritionists said that it was not only full of vitamins, but also
good against some diseases. People were understandably eager to
be able to buy this wonderful fruit. The new type of pineapple was
selling fast, and the Del Monte Gold pineapple rapidly became a
fixture in the shopping basket of the healthy eater.
Seeing the growing market for its winning pineapple, Del Monte tried
to keep market to itself. But other fruit companies argued successfully
that Del Monte turned to law for help, but failed. Those companies
argued successfully that Del Monte’s attempts to keep the golden
pineapple for itself were just a way to knock them out the market.
60. We learn from the text that the new type at pineapple is __________.
A. preen outside and sweet inside
B. good-looking outside and soft inside
C. yellowy-gold outside and hard inside
D. a little soft outside and sweet inside
61. Why was the new type of pineapple selling well?
A. It was rich in nutrition and tasted nice.
B. It was less sweet and good for health.
C. It was developed by Del Monte.
D. It was used as medicine.
62. The underlined word “fixture” in Paragraph 3 probably refers
to something _________.
A. that people enjoy eating B. that is always present
C. that is difficult to get D. that people use as a gift
63. We learn from the last paragraph that Del Monte _________.
A. slowed other companies to develop pineapples
B. succeeded in keeping the pineapple for itself
C. tried hard to control the pineapple market
D. planned to help the other companies
C
It is often necessary to release a fish, that is , set it free after
catching, because it is too small, or you just don’t want to take
it home to eat. In some cases, releasing fish is a good measure
that will help keep fish variety and build their population size.
The Department of Game and Inland Fisheries (DGIF) encourages fishermen
who practice catch-and-release fishing to use a few simple skills
when doing so. The advice provided below will help make sure that
the fish you release will survive (存活) to bite again another day.
—When catching a fish, play it quickly and keep the fish in the
water as much as possible.
Don’t’ use a net in landing the fish and release it quickly to prevent
it from dying.
—Hold the fish gently. Do not put your fingers in its eyes. Don’t
wipe the scales (鱼鳞) off the fish because it might cause it to develop
a disease and reduce its chance of survival.
—Remove your hook (鱼钩) quickly. If the hook is too deep or hooked
in the stomach, cut the line and leave the hook in. The hook left
inside will cause no serious problem to the fish.
—Take good care of the fish by moving it gently in water . Release
the fish when it begins to struggle and is able to swim.
—Do not hold fish in a bucket or some other containers and later
decide to release it. If you are going to release a fish, do so
right away.
With a little care and by following the suggestions given above,
you can give the released fish a better chance of survival.
64. People sometimes set a fish free after catching it because
they _________
A. don’t want it to die B. hope it will grow quickly
C. don’t want to have it as food D. want to practice their fishing
skills
65. Which of the following will probably make a fish ill?
A. Taking the hook off it. B. Removing its scales.
C. Touching its eves D. Holding it in your hand.
66. A proper way to release a fish is to _________.
A .move it in water till it can swim B. take the hook out of its
stomach
C. keep it in a bucket for some time D. let it struggle a little
in your hand
67. What is the purpose of the test?
A. To show how to enjoy fishing. B. To persuade people to fish less
often.
C. To encourage people to set fish free. D. To give advice on how
to release fish.
D
Holidays
Holiday News
Vacancies (空位) now and in the school holidays at a country hotel
in Devon. This comfortable, friendly home-from-home lies near the
beautiful quiet countryside, but just a drive away from the sea.
The food is simple but good. Children and pets are welcome.
Reduced prices for low season.
The Snowdonia Center
The Snowdonia Center for young mountain climbers has a mountain
1068.The beginners’ costs are ￡57 for a week, including food and
rooms. Equipment is included except walking shoes, which can be
hired at a low cost.
You must be in good health and prepared to go through a period of
body exercises. This could be the beginning of a lifetime of lifetime
of mountain climbing adventure.
The World Sea Trip of a Lifetime
Our World Sea Trip of 2008 will be unlike any holiday you have ever
been on before. Instead of one hotel after another, with all its
packing and unpacking waiting and traveling, you just go to bed
in one country and wake up in another.
On board the ship, you will be well taken care of. Every meal will
be first-class and every cabin like your home.
During the trip, you can rest on deck(甲板), enjoy yourself in the
games rooms and in the evening dance to our musical team and watch
our wonderful play.
You will visit all the places most people only dream about – from
Acapulco and Hawaii to Tokyo and Hong Kong.
For a few thousand pounds, all you’ve ever hoped for can be yours.
68. What can you do if you like to go on holidays with pets?
A. Choose the holiday in Devon.
B. Go to the Snowdonia Centre
C. Join the World Sea Trip of 2008
D. Visit Acapulco and Hawaii
69. In what way is the Snowdonia Centre different from the other
two holidays?
A. It provides chances of family gatherings.
B. It provides customers with good food.
C. It offers a sport lesson.
D. It offers comfortable room.
70. What is special about the World Sea Trip of 2008?
A. You can have free meals on deck every day.
B. You can sleep on a ship and tour many places.
C. You will have chances to watch and act in a play.
D. You have to do your own packing and unpacking.
71. At the Snowdonia Centre, the beginners’ costs of ￡57 do not
cover .
A. food B. rooms
C. body exercises D. walking shoes
E
Edward Wilson is America’s, if not the world’s, leading naturalist.
In The Future of Life, he takes us on a tour of the world’s natural
resources(资源). How are they used? What has been lost? What remains
and is it able to continue with the present speed of use? Wilson
also points out the need to understand fully the biodiversity(生物多样性)of
our earth.
Wilson begins with an open letter to the pioneer in environment
(环境) protection, Henry David Thoreau. He compares today’s Walden
Pond with that of Thoreau’s day. Wilson will use such comparisons
for the rest of the book. The problem is clear: man has done great
damage to his home over the years. Van the earth, with human help,
be made to return to biodiversity levels that will be able to support
us in the future?
Biodiversity, Wilson argues, is the key to settling many problems
the earth faces today. Even our agricultural crops can gain advantages
from it. A mere hundred species(物种) are the basis of our food supply,
of which but twenty carry the load. Wilson suggests changing this
situation by looking into ten thousand species that could be made
use of, which will be a way to reduce the clearing of the natural
hoes of, plants and animals to enlarge farming areas.
At the end of the book, Wilson discusses the importance of human
values in considering the environment. If you are to continue to
live on the earth, you may well read and act on the ideas in this
book.
72. We learn form the text that Wilson cares most about ______
A. the environment for plants
B. the biodiversity of our earth
C. the wastes of natural resources
D. the importance of human values
73. How many species are most important to our present food supply?
A. Twenty. B. Eighty. C. One hundred D. Ten thousand.
74. Wilson suggests that one way to keep biodiversity is to _______.
A. learn how to farm scientifically
B. build homes for some dying species
C. make it clear what to eat
D. use more species for food
75. We can infer that the text is _______
A. a description of natural resources
B. a research report
C. a book review
D. an introduction to a scientist.
第二卷
第四部分 写作（共两节，满分35分）
第一节 短文改错（共10小题，每题1分，满分10分）
Dear Alice,
I have just got some good mews to tell to you. 76. ______
I win a national prize for painting last week. 77. ______
My father was so pleasing that he suggested 78. ______
I go to England for a holiday. I’d like to staying 79. ______
There for half a month, visiting place of interest 80. ______
Or practicing my English as well. We’ve been 81. ______
Writing to each for nearly a year now. I have 82. ______
often dreamed of talk face to with you. 83. ______
I imagine you’ll be at vacation yourself by that 84. ______
Time. Perhaps we could go out to do some 85. ______
sightseeing together.
Best,
Lily
第二节 书面表达（满分25分）
假定你是李华，从小喜爱大熊猫（panda）,一直通过有关网站(website)关注三年前在美国圣迭哥动物园出生的大熊猫“苏琳”和她的母亲“白云”。现在苏琳即将三岁。请根据以下要点给动物园工作人员写一封信：
1、 自我介绍；
2、 祝贺苏琳生日；
3、 感谢工作人员；
4、 索取苏琳三岁生日照。
注意：1、词数100左右；
2、可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3、开头语已为你写好。
Dear Sir/Madam,
Greetings from China!
__________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
Yours truly,
Li Hua
2008年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
本试卷分第一卷（选择题）和第二卷（非选择题）两部分。第一卷1至12页。第二卷13至16页。考试结束，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。
第一卷
第一部分 英语知识运用（共三节，满分50分）
从A、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：have
A. gave B. save C. hat D. made
答案是C。
1. course
A. journey B. four C. labour D. hour
2. match
A. separate B. marry C. machine D. many
3. rise
A. purse B. else C. praise D. mouse
4. bathe
A. faith B. cloth C. maths D. smooth
5. Britain
A. certain B. train C. against D. contain
第二节 语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、Ｂ、Ｃ、Ｄ四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：We ___ last night, but we went to the concert instead.
A. must have studied B. might study
C. should have studied D. would study
答案是C。
6. –Do you know Anna’s telephone number?
-- ____. As a matter of fact, I don’t know any Anna, either.
A. I think so B. I’m afraid not
C. I hope so D. I’d rather not
7. A small car is big enough for a family of three ____ you need
more space for baggage.
A. once B. because C. if D. unless
8. It’s not ___ good idea to drive for four hours without ___ break.
A. a ; a B. the ; a C. the ; the D. a ; the
9. – What are you reading, Tom?
-- I’m not really reading, just ___ the pages.
A. turning off B. turning around
C. turning over D. turning up
10. --- Could I ask you a rather personal question?
--- Sure, ____.
A. pardon me B. go ahead C. good idea D. forget it
11. If the weather had been better, we could have had a picnic.
But it ____ all day.
A. rained B. rains C. has rained D. is raining
12. The director had her assistant ___ some hot dogs for the meeting.
A. picked up B. picks up C. pick up D. picking up
13. Stand over there ___ you’ll be able to see the oil painting
better.
A. but B. till C. and D. or
14. If their marketing plans succeed, they ____ their sales by 20
percent.
A. will increase B. have been increasing
C. have increased D. would be increasing
15. Modern equipment and no smoking are two of the things I like
____ working here.
A. with B. over C. at D. about
16. The road conditions there turned out to be very good, ___ was
more than we could expect.
A. it B. what C. which D. that
17. Liza ___ well not want to go on the trip --- she hates traveling.
A. will B. can C. must D. may
18. Little Johnny felt the bag, curious to know what it ____.
A. collected B. contained C. loaded D. saved
19. The house still needed a lot of work, but ___ the kitchen was
finished.
A. instead B. altogether C. at once D. at least
20. It was in New Zealand ___ Elizabeth first met Mr. Smith.
A. that B. how C. which D. when
第三节 完形填空（共20小题；每小题1.5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、Ｂ、Ｃ和Ｄ）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该选项涂黑。
From the time each of my children started school, I packed their
lunches. And in each lunch, I 21 a note. Often written on a napkin
(餐巾), it might be a thank-you for a 22 moment, a reminder of something
we were happily expecting, or a bit of 23 for the coming test or
sporting event.
In early grade school they 24 their notes. But as children grow
older they becomes self-conscious(有自我意识的), and 25 he reached high
school, my older son, Marc, informed me he no longer 26 my daily
notes. Telling him that he no longer needed to 27 them but I still
needed to write them, I 28 until the day he graduated.
Six years after high school graduation, Marc called and asked if
he could move 29 for a couple of months. He had spent those years
well, graduating from college, 30 two internship (实习) in Washington,
D.C., and 31 , becoming a technical assistant in Sacramento, 32
short vacation visits, however, he had lived away from home. With
his younger sister leaving for college, I was 33 happy to have Marc
back. Since I was 34 making lunch for his younger brother, I 35
one for Marc, too. Imagine my 36 when I got a call from my 24-yere-old
son, 37 his lunch.
“Did I do something 38 ? Don’t you love me 39 ,Mom?” were just a
few of the questions he threw at me as I 40 asked him what was wrong.
“My note, Mom,” he answered. “Where’s my note?”
21. A. carried B. found C. included D. held
22. A. difficult B. special C. comfortable D. separate
23. A. congratulation B. improvement
C. explanation D. encouragement
24. A. loved B. answered C. wrote D. examined
25. A. lately B. by the way C. by the time D. gradually
26. A. received B. understood C. enjoyed D. collected
27. A. copy B. read C. take D. send
28. A. held up B. gave up C. followed D. continued
29. A. out B. home
C. to college D. to Sacramento
30. A. organizing B. planning
C. comparing D. completing
31. A. hopefully B. finally C. particularly D. certainly
32. A. Because of B. Instead of
C. Except for D. As for
33. A. especially B. immediately C. equally D. generally
34. A. once B. again C. still D. even
35. A. packed B. fetched C. bought D. filled
36. A. fear B. surprise C. anger D. disappointment
37. A. waiting for B. worrying about
C. caring for D. asking about
38. A. wrong B. funny C. strange D. smart
39. A. any more B. enough C. once more D. better
40. A. interestingly B. bitterly
C. politely D. laughingly
第二部分 阅读理解（共25小题。第一节每小题2分，第二节每小题1分；满分45分）
第一节 阅读下列短文，从媒体所给的四个选项（A、Ｂ、Ｃ和Ｄ）中，选
出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
Ａ
There was a story many years ago of a school teacher--- Mrs.
Thompson. She told the children on the first day that she loved
them all the same. But that was a lie. There in the front row was
a little boy named Teddy Stoddard. He didn’t play well with the
other children and he always needed a bath. She did not like him.
Then Mrs. Thompson got to know that Teddy was actually a very good
boy before the death of his mother. Mrs. Thompson was ashamed of
herself. She felt even worse when, like all her other students,
Teddy brought her a Christmas present too. It was his mother’s perfume(香水)。
Teddy said, “Mrs. Thompson, today you smell just like my Mom used
to.” After the children left she cried for at least an hour. On
that very day, she stopped teaching reading, writing and math. Instead,
she began to teach children.
Mrs. Thompson paid particular attention to Teddy. The boy’s mind
seemed to come alive. The more she encourage him, the faster he
improved. By the end of the sixth grade, Teddy had become one of
the smartest children in the class.
Six years went by before she got a note from Teddy. He wrote that
he had finished high school, third in his class, and she was still
the best teacher he ever had in his whole lift. He went to college.
Mrs. Thompson got two more letters from him with the last one signed,
Theodore F. Stoddard, M. D.(医学博士).
The story doesn’t end there. On his wedding day, Dr. Stoddard whispered
in Mrs. Thompson’s ear, “Thank you, Mrs. Thompson, for believing
in me. You made me feel important and showed me that I could make
a difference.”
Mrs. Thompson, with tears in her eyes, whispered back, “Teddy, you
have it all wrong. You were the one who taught me that I could make
a difference. I didn’t know how to teach until I met you.”
41. What did Mrs. Thompson do on the first day of school?
A. She made Teddy feel ashamed.
B. She asked the children to play with Teddy.
C. She changed Teddy’s seat to the front row.
D. She told the class something untrue about herself.
42. What did Mrs. Thompson find out about Teddy?
A. He often told lies.
B. He was good at math.
C. He needed motherly care.
D. He enjoyed playing with others.
43. In what way did Mrs. Thompson change?
A. She taught fewer school subjects.
B. She became stricter with her students.
C. She no longer liked her job as a teacher.
D. She cared more about educating students.
44. Why did Teddy thank Mrs. Thompson at his wedding?
A. She had kept in touch with him.
B. She had given him encouragement.
C. She had sent him Christmas presents.
D. She had taught him how to judge people.
B
The Queen’s English is now sounding less upper-class, a scientific
study of the Queen’s Christmas broadcasts had found. Researchers
have studied each of her messages to the Commonwealth countries
since 1952 to find out the change in her pronunciation from the
noble Upper Received to the Standard Received.
Jonathan Harrington, a professor at Germany’s University of Munich,
wanted to discover whether accent (口音) changers recorded over the
past half century would take place within one person. “As far as
I know, there just is nobody else for whom there is this sort of
broadcast records,” he said.
He said the noble way of pronouncing vowels (元音) had gradually lost
ground as the noble upper-class accent over the past years. “Her
accent sounds slightly less noble than it did 50 years ago. But
these are very, very small and slow changes that we don’t notice
from year to year.”
“We may be able to relate it to changes in the social classes,”
he told The Daily Telegraph, a British newspaper. “In 1952 she would
have been hears saying ‘thet men in the bleck het’. Now it would
be ‘that man in the black hat’. And ‘hame’ rather than ‘home’. In
the 1950s she would have been ‘lorst’, but by the 1970s ‘lost’.”
The Queen’s broadcast is a personal message to the Commonwealth
countries. Each Christmas, the 10-minute broadcast is put on TV
at 3 pm in Britain as many families are recovering from their traditional
turkey lunch. (传统火鸡午餐).
The results were published (发表) in the Journal of Phonetics.
45. The Queen’s broadcasts were chosen for the study mainly because
______.
A. she has been Queen for many years
B. she has a less upper-class accent now
C. her speeches are familiar to many people
D. her speeches have been recorded for 50 years
46. Which of the following is an example of a less noble accent
in English?
A. “duaty” B. “citee” C. “hame” D. “lorst”
47. We may infer from the text that the Journal of Phonetics is
a magazine on _________.
A. speech sounds B. Christmas customs
C. TV broadcasting D. personal messages
48. What is the text mainly about?
A. The relationship between accents and social classes.
B. The Queen’s Christmas speeches on TV.
C. The changes in a person’s accent.
D. The recent development of the English language.
C
Do you know of anyone who uses the truth to deceive (欺骗)? When someone
tells you something that is true, but leaves out important in formation
that should be included, he can give you a false picture.
For example, some might say, “I just won a hundred dollars on the
lottery (彩票). It was great. I took that dollar ticket back to the
store and turned it in for on e hundred dollars!”
This guy’s a winner, right? Maybe, maybe not. We then discover that
he bought $200 worth of tickets, and only on e was a winner. He’s
really a big loser!
He didn’t say anything that was false, but he left out important
information on purpose. That’s called a half-truth. Half-truths
are not technically lies, but they are just as dishonest.
Some politicians often use this trick. Let’s say that during Governor
Smith’s last term, her state lost one million jobs and gained three
million jobs. Then she seeks another term. One of her opponents(对手)
says, “During Governor Smith’s term, the state lost one million
jobs!” that’s true. However, and honest statement would have been,
“During Governor Smith’s term, the state had a net gain of two million
jobs.”
Advertisers(广告商) will sometimes use half-truths. It’s against the
law to make false statements so they try to mislead you with the
truth. An advertisement might say, “Nine out of ten doctors advised
their patients to take Yucky Pills to cure toothache.” It fails
to mention that they only asked ten doctors and nine of them work
for the Yucky Company.
This kind of deception happens too of often. It’s a sad fact of
life: Lies are lies, and sometimes the truth can lie as well.
49. How much did the lottery winner lose?
A. One hundred dollars. B. Two hundred dollars.
C. Three hundred dollars. D. Four hundred dollars.
50. We may infer that the author believes people should _______.
A. buy lottery tickets
B. make use of half-truths
C. not take anything at face value
D. not trust the Yucky Company
51. What do the underline words “net gain” in Paragraph 5 mean?
A. final increase B. big advantage
C. large share D. total saving
52. What can we know from the example of the Yucky Pill advertisement?
A. False statements are easy to see through.
B. Half-truths are often used to mislead people.
C. Doctors like to act in advertisements.
D. Advertisements are based on facts.
D
Something in chocolate could be used to stop coughs and lead to
more effective medicines, say UK researchers.
Their study found that theobromine, found in cocoa, was nearly a
third more effective in stopping coughs than codeine, which was
considered the best cough medicine at present.
The Imperial College London researchers who published their results
online said the discovery could lead to more effective cough treatment.
“While coughing is not necessarily harmful(有害的) it can have a major
effect on the quality of life, and this discovery could be a huge
step forward in treating this problem,” said Professor Peter Barnes.
Ten healthy volunteers(志愿者) were given theobromine, codeine or placebo,
a pill that contains no medicine, during the experiment. Neither
the volunteers nor the researchers knew who received which pill.
The researchers then measured levels of capsaicin, which is used
in research to cause coughing and as a sign of how well the medicine
are stopping coughs.
The team found that, when the volunteers were given theobromine,
the capsaicin need to produce a cough was around a third higher
than in the placebo group. When they were given codeine they need
only slightly higher levers of capsaicin to cause a cough compared
with the placebo.
The researchers said that theobromine worked by keeping down a verve
activity(神经活动), which cause coughing. They also found that unlike
some standard cough treatments, theobromine caused no side effects
such as sleepiness.
53. According to Professor Barnes, theobromine ______.
A. cannot be as effective as codeine
B. can be harmful to people’s health
C. cannot be separated from chocolate
D. can be a more effective cure for coughs
54. What was used in the experiment to cause coughing?
A. Theobromine. B. Codeine. C. Capsaicin. D. Placebo.
55. We learn from the text that volunteers in the experiment _____.
A. were patients with bad coughs
B. were divided into the three groups
C. received standard treatments
D. suffered little side effects
56. Which of the following would be the best title for the text?
A. Codeine: A New Medicine B. Chocolate May Cure Coughs
C. Cough Treatment: A Hard Case B. Theobromine Can Cause Coughs
E
Attractions in Wisconsin
Wisconsin Historical Museum
30 N. Carroll Street on Madison’s Capitol Square
Discover Wisconsin’s history and culture(文化) on four floors of exhibits.
Open for public program. Admission is free.
Open Tuesday through Saturday, 9:00am -- 4:00 pm.
(608) 264-6555 www.wisconsinhistory.org/museum
Swiss historical village
612 Seventh Ave., New Glarus
The Swiss Historical Village offers a delightful look at pioneer
life in America’s heartland. 14 buildings in the village give a
full picture of every day life in the nineteenth-century Midwest.
Tue.—Fri., May 1st –October 31st , 10:00 am—4:00 pm. Admission is
$20.
(608) 527-2317 www.swisshistoricalvillage.com
Artisan Gallery & Creamery Café
6858 Paoli Rd., Paoli, WI
One of the largest collections of fine arts and crafts(手工艺品) in
Wisconsin. Over 5000 sp. ft. of exhibition space in a historic creamery.
While visiting enjoy a wonderfully prepared lunch at our café overlooking
the Sugar River. Just minutes from Madison!
Gallery open Tue. –Sun., 10:00 am—5:00 pm.
Café open Wed. –Sat., 11:00 am –3:00 pm.
Sun. brunch with wine, 10:00—3:00 pm.
(608) 845-6600 www.artisangal.com
Christopher Columbus Museum
239 Whitney St., Columbus
World-class exhibit –2000 quality souvenirs(纪念品) marking Chicago’s
1893 World Columbian Exhibition. Tour buses are always welcome.
Open daily, 8:15 am – 4:00 pm.
(920) 623-1992 www.columbusantiquemall.com
57.Which of the following is on Capitol Square?
A. Wisconsin Historical Museum. B. Swiss Historical Village.
C. Artisan Gallery & Creamery Café. D. Christopher Columbus
Museum.
58. Where can you go for a visit on Monday?
A. Wisconsin Historical Museum.
B. Swiss Historical Village.
C. Artisan Gallery & Creamery café.
D. Christopher Columbus Museum.
59. Where can visitors have lunch?
A. At Wisconsin Historical Museum.
B. At Swiss Historical Village.
C. At Artisan Gallery & Creamery Café.
D. At Christopher Columbus Museum.
60. We learn from the text that___________.
A. Swiss Historical Village is open for half a year
B. Christopher Columbus Museum overlooks a river
C. tickets are needed for Wisconsin Historical Museum
D. Artisan Gallery & Creamery Café are open daily for 4 hours
注意: Ⅰ卷上61-80为空题(无此序号), 考生必须将第”81---85”序号题答在<<答题卡>>相对应的序号位置上,否则不得分.
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项.选项中有两项多余选项.
----- Can you help me?
----- Sure, what’s the problem?
----- ____81___.
----- Well, how about San Francisco? We went there last year and
had a great time.
----- 82
-----Well, there is Golden Gate Bridge of course, and Golden Gate
Park. It’s a really big park. You can go for long walks or take
a rest in the Japanese Tea Garden. It’s beautiful there.
----- 83
----- There is also a place called Fisherman’s Wharf. That’s really
popular with tourists. There are lots of shops, cafes and restaurants.
And from there you can go on a boat trip to Alcatraz. You know,
it’s a small but very beautiful island.
----- 84
----- No, you can’t stay on the island; there aren’t any hotels.
You can only go for the day. I think I’ve still got a book about
San Francisco. I can lend it to you.
----- 85
A. What can you do there?
B. Oh, great! What a great place to stay in!
C. What an idea! What is the best time to go there?
D. I can’t decide where to go for the holiday-----any ideas?
E. Thanks a lot. San Francisco, here I come!
F. Hmm, that sounds good.
G. How can I go there?
2008年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
第二卷
注意事项:
1. 用钢笔或圆珠笔直接答在试卷上.
2. 答卷前将密封线内的项目填写清楚.
总分 题号 一 二 三
分数
第三部分 写作(共三节, 满分55分)
得分 评卷人
第一节 单词拼写 (共10小题; 每小题1分, 满分10分)
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释, 在句子右边的横线上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式. (每空只写一词)
66. Lisa, I didn't __________(认出)you---you've had your hair cut!
66.____________
67. I usually just have a __________(三明治)for lunch.
67 ____________
68. Mr. White announced that he would go to China in ___________(二月).
68 ____________
69. The story was first written in English and later ___________(翻译)into
Chinese.
69 ____________
70. The village children like to go __________(游泳)in the nearby
river.
70 ____________
71. One of our _________(邻居)kept a very beautiful garden.
71 ____________
72. The English teacher gives the class a __________ (听写)almost
every day.
72.____________
73. David turned and walked off in the ___________(相反)direction.
73. ____________
74. I suggest that we have ____________(定期)meetings.
74. ____________
75. Rose rushed _____________(向楼下)to answer the door.
75. ____________
得分 评卷人
第二节 短文该错 (共10小题; 每小题1.5分, 满分15分)
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误. 对标有题号的每一行作出判断:如无错误,在该行右边横线上画一个勾(√); 如有错误(每行只有一个错误),则按下列情况改正:
此行多一个词: 把多余的词用斜线(\)划掉, 在该行右边横线上写出该词, 并也用斜线划掉.
此行缺一个词: 在缺词处加一个漏字符号(^), 在该行右边横线上写该加的词.
此行错一个词: 在错的词下划一横线, 在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词.
注意: 原行没有错的不要改.
If I have the honor to be chose to work for the 76. ___________
29th Olympic Games, I will at first improve my 77.___________
English so that I can talk easily about foreign visitor. 78. ___________
Second, I will learn more about history of the 79. __________
Olympics as good as the 2008 Olympic Games. Third, 80. __________
since I was familiar with Beijing, I can help visitors find 81.
__________
their ways in the city. Finally, I should be able to tell 82. __________
visitors about our history and culture and show 83. _________
them their great achievements. In short, I will do 84._________
my best to help making the Games a success. 85. _________
第三节 书面表达(满分30分)
假定你是李华, 你的英国朋友Peter来信向你咨询如何才能学好中文. 请你根据下列要点写回信.
要点: 1. 参加中文学习班;
2. 看中文书刊、电视；
3. 学唱中文歌曲；
4. 交中国朋友。
注意：1.词数100左右；
2. 可适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3. 开头语已为你写好。
June 8, 2008
Dear Peter,
I'm glad to recerve your letter asking for my advice on how to learn
Chinese well.
Li Hua
2008年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试（II 16-19）
英语
参考答案和评分参考
第一部分：
1.B 2.B 3.C 4.D 5.A
6.B 7.D 8.A 9.C 10.B
11. A 12.C 13.C 14.A 15.D
16.C 17.D 18.B 19.D 20.A
21.C 22.B 23.D 24.A 25.C
26.C 27.B 28.D 29.B 30.D
31.B 32.C 33.A 34.C 35.A
36.B 37.D 38.A 39.A 40. D
第二部门：
41.D 42.C 43.D 44.B 45.D
46.B 47. A 48.C 49.A 50.C
51.A 52.B 53.D 54.C 55.B
56.B 57.A 58.D 59.C 60.A
(I卷61-80为空题，无此序号
81.D 82.A83.F84.B85.E
第三部门分：
第一节：（II卷第一节起从66序号开始）
66. recognize (-ise)
67. sandwich
68. February
69. translated
70. swimming
71. neighbor(u)rs
72. dictation
73. opposite
74. regular
75. downstairs
第二节：
If I have the honor to be chose to work for the 76. chosen
29th Olympic Games, I will at first improve my 77. at
English so that I can talk easily about foreign visitors. 78. with/
to
Second, I will learn more about /\ history of the 79. the
Olympics as good as the 2008 Olympic Games. Third, 80. well
since I was familiar with Beijing, I can help visitors find 81.
am
their ways in the city. Finally, I should be able to tell 82. way
visitors about our history and culture and show 83. \/
them their great achievements. In short, I will do 84. our
my best to help making the Games a success. 85. make
第三节：
一． 评分原则
1. 本题总分为30分，按5个档次给分。
2. 评分时，先根据文章的内容和语言初步确定其所属档次，然后以档该档次的要求来衡量，确定或调整档次，最后给分。
3. 词数少于80或多于120的，从总分中减去2分。
4. 评分时，英注意的主要内容为：内容要点，应用词汇和语法结构的数量和准确性及上下文的连贯性。
5. 拼写与标点符号是语言准确性的一个方面。评分时，应视其对交际的影响成都予以考虑。英、美拼写及词汇用法均可接受。
6. 如书写较差，以至影响交际，将分数降低一个档次。
二． 内容要点：
1. 参加中文学习班；
2. 看中文书刊，电视；
3. 学唱中文歌曲；
4. 交中国朋友
5. 合适的结尾。
三． 各防磁的给分范围和要求
第五档：（25-30分）
完全完成了试题规定的任务。
— 覆盖所有内容要点。
— 应用了较多的语法结构和词汇。
— 词法结构或词汇方面有些许错误，但为尽力使用较复杂结构或较高级词汇所致。
— 有效地使用了语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
完全达到了预期的写作目的。
第四档：(19-24分)
完成了试题规定的任务。
— 虽漏掉了一两个次重点，但覆盖所有主要内容。
— 应用的语法结构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
— 语法结构和词汇方面应用基本准确，些许错误主要是因尝试较复杂语法机构或词汇
所致。
— 应用简单的语句间的连接成分，使全文结构紧凑。
达到了预期的写作目的。
第三档（（13-18分）
基本完成了试题规定的任务。
— 虽漏掉一些内容，但覆盖所有主要内容。
— 应用的语法机构和词汇能满足任务的要求。
— 有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，但不影响理解。
— 应用简单的词语间连接成分，使全文内容连贯。
整体而言，基本达到了预期的写作母的。
第二档（7-12分）
未恰当完成试题规定任务。
— 漏掉或未描述清楚一些主要内容，写了一些无关内容。
— 语法结构单调，词汇知识有限。
— 有一些语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响了对写作内容的理解。
— 较少使用语句间的连接成分，内容缺少连贯性。
信息未能清楚地传达给读者。
第一档：（1-6分）
为完成试题规定的任务。
— 明显遗漏主要内容，写了一些无关内容，原因可能是为理解试题要求。
— 语法结构单调，词汇知识有限。
— 较多语法结构或词汇方面的错误，影响对写作内容的理解。
— 缺乏语句间的连接成分，内容不连贯。
信息未能传达给读者。
0分
未能传达给堵住任何信息：内容太少，无法评判; 写的内容均与所要求内容无关或所写
内容无法看清。
四、说明
1. 内容要点可用不同方式表达
2. 应紧扣主题，可适当发挥。
五、One Possible Version:
June 8, 2008
Dear Peter,
I’m glad to receive your letter asking for my advice on how to learn
Chinese well.
Here are a few suggestions. First, it is important to take a Chinese
course, as you’ll be able
to learn from the teacher and practice with your fellow students.
Then, it also helps to watch TV
and read books, newspapers and magazines in Chinese whenever possible.
Besides, it should be a good idea to learn and sing Chinese songs,
because by doing so you’ll learn and remember Chinese words more
easily. You can also make more Chinese friends. They will tell you
a lot about China and help you learn Chinese.
Try and write me in Chinese next time.
Best wishes
Li Hua
2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英 语
一、本试卷分第l卷(选择题)和第Ⅱ卷(非选择题)两部分。第I卷1至14页，第II卷15至16页。考试结束后，将本试卷和答题卡一并交回。满分150分，考试用时120分钟。第Ⅱ卷(选择题，共115分)
注意事项：
1．答题前，考生务必用黑色碳素笔将自己的姓名、准考证号、考场号、座位号在答题卡上填写清楚，并认真核准条形码上的准考证号、姓名、考场号、座位号及科目，在规定的位置贴好条形码。
2．每小题选出答案后，用2B铅笔把答题卡上对应题目的答案标号涂黑。如需改动，用橡皮擦擦干净后，再选涂其它答案标号。答在试卷上的答案无效。
第一部分听力(共两节，满分30分)
做题时，先将答案标在试卷上。录音内容结束后，你将有两分钟的时间将试卷上的答案转涂到答题卡上。
第一节(共5小题；每小题1.5分，满分7.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有一个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听完每段对话后，你都有10秒钟的时间来回答有关小题和阅读下--4,题。每段对话仅读一遍。
1. What do the speakers need to buy?
A. A fridge.
B. A dinner table.
C. A few chairs.
2. Where are the speakers?
A. In a restaurant.
B. In a hotel.
C. In a school.
3. What does the woman mean?
A. Cathy will be at the party.
B. Cathy is too busy to come.
C. Cathy is going to be invited.
4. Why does the woman plan to go to town?
A. To pay her bills in the bank.
B. To buy books in a bookstore.
C. To get some money from the bank.
5. What is the woman trying to do?
A. Finish some writing.
B. Print an article.
C. Find a newspaper.
第二节(共l5小题；每小题1.5分，满分22.5分)
听下面5段对话。每段对话后有几个小题，从题中所给的A、B、C三个选项中选出
最佳选项，并标在试卷的相应位置。听每段对话前，你将有时间阅读各个小题，每小题5秒钟；听完后，各小题给出5秒钟的作答时间。每段对话读两遍。
听第6段材料，回答第6、7题。
6. What is the man doing?
A. Changing seats on the plane.
B. Asking for a window seat.
C. Trying to find his seat.
7. What is the woman's seat number?
A. 6A. B. 7A. C. 8A.
听第7段材料，回答第8、9题。
8. Why doesn't the woman take the green T-shirt?
A. It's too small.
B. It's too dark.
C. It's too expensive.
9. What does the woman buy in the end?
A. A yellow T-shirt.
B. A blue T-shirt.
C. A pink T-shirt.
听第8段材料，回答第10至12题。
10. How long has the man been in London?
A. One year.
B. A few years.
C. A couple of months.
11. Why did the woman leave her hometown?
A. To lead a city life.
B. To open a restaurant.
C. To find a job.
12. Where did the woman come from?
A. London.
B. Arnside.
C. Lancaster.
听第9段材料，回答第13至l6题。
13. What is a daypack?
A. A box. B. A bag. C. A lock.
14. What surprises the girl at school?
A. A lot of discussions in class.
B. Teachers giving little homework.
C. Few students asking questions in class.
15. At what time of the school term does the conversation most,
probably take place?
A. At the end of it.
B, In the middle of it.
C. At the beginning of it.
16. What do we know about the girl?
A. She is new to the school,
B. She writes for the school newspaper.
C. She seldom asks questions in class.
听第10段材料，回答第17至20题。
17. What does Mr Henry Stone do?
A. A bank clerk. B. A teacher.
C. A writer.
18. What does Henry like doing at airports?
A. Watching people.
B. Telling stories.
C. Reading magazines.
19. What did Henry learn from the newspaper that day?
A. A valuable suitcase was missing.
B. A man stole money from a bank.
C. A woman ran away from home.
20. Why was the woman at the airport?
A. She was traveling on business.
B. She was seeing the man off.
C. She was leaving for Greece.
第二部分英语知识运用(共两节，满分45分)
第一节单项填空(共15小题；每小题l分，满分l5分)
从A、B、c、D四个选项中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
21. -- It looks heavy. Can I give you a hand?
--
A. No, thanks B. Yes, my pleasure
C. No, never mind D. Yes, I do
22. Let's go to cinema that'll take your mind off the problem for
while.
A. the; the B. the; a
C. a; the D. a; a
23. How much she looked without her glasses!
A. well B. good
C. best D. better
24. Could I speak to is in charge of International Sales please?
A. who B. what
C. whoever D. whatever
25. What do you mean, there are only ten tickets? There be twelve.
A. should B. would
C. will D. shall
26. His sister left home in 1998, and since.
A. had not been heard of B. has not been heard of
C. had not heard of D. has not heard of
27. I tried phoning her office,but I couldn't
A. get along B. get on
C. get to D. get through
28. She brought with her three friends, none of I had ever met before.
A. them B. who
C. whom D. these
29. Edward, you play so well. But I you played the piano.
A. didn't know B. hadn't known
C. don't know D. haven't known
30. The children all turned the famous actress as she entered the
classroom.
A. looked at B. to look at
C. to looking at D. look at
31. The computer was used in teaching. As a result, not only , but
students became more
interested in the lessons.
A. saved was teachers' energy B. was teachers' energy saved
C. teachers' energy was saved D. was saved teachers' energy
32. Encourage your children to try new things, but try not to them
too hard.
A. draw B. strike
C. rush D. push
33. One of the most important questions they had to consider was
of public health.
A. what B. this
C. that D. which
34. Everybody was touched words after they heard her moving story.
A. beyond B. without
C. of D. in
35. Now that we've discussed our problem, are people happy with
the decisions ？
A. taking B. take
C. taken D. to take
第二节完形填空(共20小题；每小题l．5分，满分30分)
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
The True Story of Treasure Island
It was always thought that Treasure Island was the product of Robert
Louis Stevenson's
imagination. 36 , recent research has found the true story of this
exciting work.
Stevenson, a Scotsman, had lived 37 for many years. In 1881 he returned
to Scotland
for a 38 . With him were his American wife Fanny and his son 39
Each morning Stevenson would take them out for a long 40 over the
hills. They had been 41 this for several days before the weather
suddenly took a turn for the worse. Kept indoors by the heavy rain,
Lloyd felt the days 42 . To keep the boy happy, Robert asked the
boy to do some 43
One morning, the boy came to Robert with a beautiful map of an island.
Robert 44
that the boy had drawn a large cross in the middle of 45 . "What's
that?" he asked. "That's the 46 treasure'" said the
boy. Robert suddenly 47 something of an adventure story in the boy's
48 . While the rain was pouring, Robert sat down by the fire to
write a story. He would make the 49 a twelve-year-old boy, just
like Lloyd. But who would be the pirate (海盗)?
Robert had a good friend named Henley, who walked around with the
50 of a women leg. Robert had always wanted to 51 such a man in
a story. 52 Long John Silver, the pirate with a wooden leg, was
53 .
So, thanks to a 54 September in Scotland, a friend with a wooden
leg, and the imagination of a twelve-year-old boy, we have one of
the greatest 55 stories in the English language.
36. A. However B. Therefore C. Besides D. Finally
37. A. alone B. next door C. at home D. abroad
38. A. meeting B. story C. holiday D. job
39. A. Lloyd B. Robert C. Henley D. John
40. A. talk B. rest C. walk D. game
41. A. attempting B. missing C. planning D. enjoying
42. A. quiet B. dull C. busy D. cold
43. A. cleaning B. writing C. drawing D. exercising
44. A. doubted B. noticed C. decided D. recognized
45. A. the sea B. the house C. Scotland D. the island
46. A. forgotten B. buried C. discovered D. unexpected
47. A. saw B. drew C. made D. learned
48. A. book B. reply C. picture D. mind
49. A. star B. hero C. writer D. child
50. A. help B. problem C. use D. bottom
51. A. praise B. produce C. include D. accept
52. A. Yet B. Also C. But D. Thus
53. A. read B. born C. hired D. written
54. A. rainy B. sunny C. cool D. windy
55. A. news B. love C. real-life D. adventure
第三部分阅读理解(共20小题；每小题2分。满分40分)
阅读下列短文，从每题所给的四个选项(A、B、C和D)中，选出最佳选项，并在
答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
I suddenly heard an elephant crying as though frightened. Looking
down, I immediately recognized that something was wrong, and ran
down to the edge of the near bank. There I saw Ma Shwe with her
three-month-old calf struggling in the fast-rising water, and it
was a life-and-death struggle. Her calf was floating and screaming
with fear. Ma Shwe was as near to the far bank as she could get,
holding her whole body against the rushing water, and keeping the
calf pressed against her huge body. Every now and then the rushing
water would sweep the calf away. There was a sudden rise in the
water and the calf was washed clean over the mother's body and was
gone. Ma Shwe turned quickly to reach it and pressed the calf with
her head and trunk(象鼻) against the rocky bank. Then with a huge
effort, she picked it up in her trunk and tried until she was able
to place it on a narrow shelf of rock.
Just at this moment, she felt back into the river. If she were carried
down, it would be certain death. I knew, as well as she did, that
there was one spot (地点) where she could get up the bank, but it
was on the other side from where she had put her calf. While I was
wondering what I could do next，I heard the sound of a mother’s love．Ma
Shwe had crossed the river and got up the bank and was making her
way back as fast as she could，roaring(吼叫)all the time，but to her
calf it was music．
56．The moment the author got down to the river bank he saw ．
A．the calf was about to fall into the river
B．Ma Shwe was placing the calf on the rock
C．the calf was washed away by the rising water
D．Ma Shwe was holding the calf against the rushing water
57．How did Ma Shwe manage to save her calf from the fast-flowing
water?
A．By putting it on a safe spot．
B．By pressing it against her body．
C．By taking it away with her．
D．By carrying it on her back
58．How did the calf feel about the mother elephant’s roaring?
A．It was a great comfort． B．It was a sign of danger．
C．It was a call for help. D．It Was a musical note．
59．What can be the best title for the text?
A.A Mother’s Love B.A Brave Act
C.A Deadly River D.A Matter of Life and Death
B
Computer programmer David Jones earns￡35,000 a year designing new
computer games， yet he cannot find a bank ready to let him have
a credit card(信用卡)．Instead，he has been told to wait another two
years，until he is 18．The 16-year-old works for a small firm in Liverpool，
where the problem of most young people of his age is finding a job．David’s
firm releases(推出) two new games for the fast growing computer market
each month．
But David’s biggest headache is what to do with his money．Even though
he earns a lot, he cannot drive a car, take out a mortgage(抵押贷款)，or
get credit cards．David got his job with the Liverpool-based company
four months ago，a year after leaving school with six O-levels and
working for a time in a computer shop．“I got the job because the
people who run the firm knew
I had already written some programs，” he said．David spends some
of his money on records and clothes，and gives his mother 50 pounds
a week．But most of his spare time is spent working．
“Unfortunately, computing was not part of our studies at school,”
he said．“But I had been studying it in books and magazines for four
years in my spare time．I knew what I wanted to do and never considered
staying on at school．Most people in this business are fairly young，
anyway.”David added：“l would like to earn a million and I suppose
early retirement(退休)is a possibility．You never know when the market
might disappear．”
60．In what way is David different from people of his age?
A．He often goes out with friends．
B．He lives with his mother．
C．He has a handsome income．
D．He graduated：with six O-levels．
61．What is one of the problems that David is facing now?
A．He is too young to get a credit card．
B．He has no time to learn driving.
C．He has very little spare time．
D．He will soon lose his job．
62．Why was David able to get the job in the company?
A．He had done well in all his exams.
B．He had written some computer programs．
C．He was good at playing computer games．
D．He had learnt to use computers at schoo1．
63．Why did David decide to leave school and start working?
A．He received lots of job offers．
B．He was eager to help his mother．
C．He lost interest in school studies．
D．He wanted to earn his own living．
C
We have met the enemy，and he is ours．We bought him at a pet shop．When
monkey-pox，a disease usually found in the African rain forest，suddenly
turns up in children in the American Midwest，it's hard not to wonder
if the disease that comes from foreign animals is homing in on human
beings．“Most of the infections(感染) we think of as human infections
staned in other animals，” says Stephen Morse，director of the Center
for Public Health Preparedness at Columbia University．
It’s not just that we’re going to where the animals are；we’re also
bringing them closer to us．Popular foreign pets have brought a whole
new disease to this country．A strange illness killed
Isaksen’s pets，and she now thinks that keeping foreign pets is a
bad idea．“I don’t think it’s fair to have them as pets when we have
such a limited knowledge of them，” says Isaksen．
‘‘Laws allowing these animals to be brought in from deep forest
areas without stricter control need changing,” says Peter Schantz．Monkey-pox
may be the wake-up call．Researchers believe infected animals may
infect their owners．We know very little about these new diseases．
A new bug(病毒) may be kind at first．But it may develop into something
harmful,(有害的)． Monkey-pox doesn’t look a major infectious disease．But
it is not．impossible to pass the disease from person to person．
64．We learn from Paragraph l that the pet sold at the shop may ．
A．come from Columbia
B．prevent us from being infected
C．enjoy being with children
D．suffer from monkey-pox
65．Why did Isaksen advise people not to have foreign pets?
A．They attack human beings．
B．We need to study native animals．
C．They can’t live out of the rain forest．
D．We do not know much about them yet．
66．What does the phrase “the wake-up call’’ in Paragraph 3 most
probably mean?
A．a new disease B．a clear warning
C．a dangerous animal D．a morning call
67．The text suggests that in the future we ．
A．may have to fight against more new diseases
B．may easily get infected by diseases from dogs
C．should not be allowed to have pets
D．should stop buying pets from Africa
D
It’s not easy being a teenager(13至19岁青少年)-nor is it easy being the
parent of a teenager．You can make your child feel angry, hurt or
misunderstood by what you say without realizing it yourself．It is
important to give your child the space he needs to grow while gently
letting him know that you’11 still be there for him when he needs
you．
Expect a lot from your child，just not everything．Except for health
and safety problems， such as drug use or careless driving，consider
everything else open to discussion．If your child is unwilling to
discuss something，don’t insist he tell you what’s on his mind．The
more you insist， the more likely that he’11 clam up．Instead，let
him attempt to solve(解决)things by himself. At the same time，remind
him that you’re always there for him should he seek advice or help．Show
respect for your teenager’s privacy(隐私)．Never read his mail or listen
in on personal conversations．
Teach your teenager that the family phone is for the whole family.
If your child talks on the family’s telephone for too long，tell
him he can talk for l5 minutes，but then he must stay off the phone
for at least all equal period of time．This not only frees up the
line so that other family members can make and receive calls，but
teaches your teenager moderation(节制).Or if you are open to the idea，allow
your teenager his own phone that he pays for with his own pocket
money or a part-time job．
68．The main purpose of the text is to tell parents ．
A．how to get along with a teenager
B．how to respect a teenager
C．how to understand a teenager
D．how to help a teenager grow up
69. What does the phrase "clam up" in Paragraph 2 probably
mean?
A. become excited B. show respect
C. refuse to talk D. seek help
70. The last paragraph is about how to teach a teenager
A. to use the phone in a sensible way B. to pay for his own telephone
C. to share the phone with friends D. to answer the phone quickly
71. What should parents do in raising a teenager according to the
text?
A. Not allow him to learn driving or take drugs.
B. Give him advice only when necessary.
C. Let him have his own telephone.
D. Not talk about personal things with him.
E
Sunday, October 5
Clear, 69 F
My wife, Eleanor, and I took the train from Paris to Strasbourg,
where we were met by our driver and guide, and the minibus which
goes along with the boat. We stopped off in Barn for an hour on
the way. Then we were taken to Nancy where the boat was kept.
After the other passengers arrived, we had our first dinner on the
boat. After dinner we walked into downtown Nancy, a village with
a large square and wooden houses.
Monday, October 6
Rained last night, cloudy in the morning, 69 F
We spent about two hours in Nancy, then sailed on the Canal de la
Marne au Rhine. Kind of a lazy day, eating breakfast, lunch, and
dinner. After dinner we watched a tape on Baccarat, where we will
visit tomorrow.
It was pleasant to sit out on deck (甲板) and watch the scenery go
by at about 3 mph.
Tuesday, October .7
Light rain, 64 P
This morning we drove over to Baccarat and toured its museum and
the church, which has
this unbelievable lamp that is going on a world tour the next day.
We did lots of shopping, then walked across the bridge to see a
very, very modem Catholic church with special Baccarat windows.
We drove to the top of the Voges Mountains and started down the
eastern side. Later we~
drove to Sorrenbourg to see the 13th century church at the Cordeliers.
It contains the largest window by Marc Chagall - 24 feet wide by
40 feet high.
Wednesday, October 8
Cloudy, 65 F
Today we sailed from Schneckenhush to Saverne. We went through,
two caves, an. Extremely unusual pave of the journey. This river
scenery is very different. We were in a mountain valley with grassland
on one side and a forest beginning to show some color on the other.
Thursday, October 9
Cloudy, 66 F
Our dependable minibus was waiting to load the luggage and take
us to the hotel where
everyone went their separate ways, Our boating days are over until
next time.
72. Where did the author get off the train?
A. Paris. B. Strasbourg. C. Nancy. D. Barn.
73. On which days did the tourists spend most of their time on the
boat?
A. Monday and Tuesday.
B. Tuesday and Wednesday.
C. Wednesday and Thursday.
D. Monday and Wednesday.
74. From the text, we learn that Baccarat and Sorrenbourg are the
names of__
A. towns B. churches C. museums D. mountains
75. What does the author think of the tour?
A. Tiring. B. Expensive. C. Enjoyable. D. Quick.
2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语
第Ⅱ卷(非选择题，共35分)
注意事项：本卷共2页，用黑色碳素笔将答案答在答题卡上。答在试卷上的答案无效。
第四部分写作(共两节。满分35分)
第一节短文改错(共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分)此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。对标有题号的每一行作出判断：如无错误，在该行右边边横线上画一个勾(√)；如有错误(每行只有一个错误)，则按下列情况改正：
此行多一个词：把多余的词用斜线(＼)划掉，在该行右边横线上写出该词，并也用斜线划掉。
此行缺一个词：在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧)，在该行右边横线上写出该加的词。此行错一个词：在错的词下划一横线，在该行右边横线上写出改正后的词。注意：原行没有错的不要改。
After five years away in may hometown, I find that 76.
the neighborhood which I used to living in has changed 77.
a lot, The Sichuan Restaurant and the older fish shop 78.
across the street from our middle school were gone. 79.
There exist now a park that has a small river running 80.
through. The factory at the comer of Friendship Street and 81.
Zhongshan Road has been moved out of the city, and sports 82.
center has been built in their place. The market at the comer of
83.
Friendship Street and Xinhua Road has been given way to 84.
A supermarket. Besides the bookstore next to our middle 85.
School is still there.
第二节书面表达(满分25分)
假定你是李华，正在英国接受英语培训，住在一户英国人家里。今天你的房东Mrs
Wilson不在家，你准备外出，请给Mrs Wilson写一留言条，内容包括：
1．外出购物
2．替房东还书
3．Tracy来电话留言：1)咖啡屋(Bolton Coffee)见面取消
2)此事已告知Susan
3)尽快回电
注意：1．词数100左右；
2．可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯。
2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试
英语答案
选择题答案（1－75题）
1.C 2.B 3.A 4.C 5.A 6.C 7.B 8.A 9.C 10.B
11.C 12.B 13.B 14.C 15.C 16.A 17.C 18.A 19.B 20.B
21.A 22.B 23.D 24.C 25.A 26.B 27.D 28.C 29.A 30.B
31.B 32.D 33.C 34.A 35.C 36.A 37.D 38.C 39.A 40.C
41.D 42.B 43.C 44.B 45.D 46.B 47.A 48.C 49.B 50.A
51.C 52.D 53.B 54.A 55.D 56.D 57.A 58.A 59.A 60.C
61.A 62.B 63.C 64.D 65.D 66.B 67.A 68.D 69.C 70.A
71.B 72.B 73.D 74.A 75.C
第四部分：
第一节：
After five years away in may hometown, I find that 76. from
the neighborhood which I used to living in has changed 77. live
a lot, The Sichuan Restaurant and the older fish shop 78. old
across the street from our middle school were gone. 79. are
There exist now a park that has a small river running 80. exists
through. The factory at the comer of Friendship Street and 81. √
Zhongshan Road has been moved out of the city, and ∧ sports 82.
a
center has been built in their place. The market at the comer of
83. its
Friendship Street and Xinhua Road has been given way to 84. been
A supermarket. Besides the bookstore next to our middle 85. but
School is still there.
内容要点
1. 外出购物
2. 替房东还书
3. Tracy来电内容1）Bolton Coffee 见面取消，并已告知Susan
2)希望尽快给她回电
Mrs Wilson,
I’m going out shopping, and won’t be back until about 5:00 pm. I
have taken with me the two books you asked me to return to the City
Library. At about I o’clock this afternoon, Tracy called, saying
that she couldn’t meet you at Bolton Coffee tomorrow morning as
she has something important to attend to. She felt very sorry about
that, but said that you could set some other time for the meeting.
She wanted you to call her back as soon as you are home. She has
already told Susan about this change.
Li Hua
2009年普通高等学校招生全国统一考试考题卷
英 语
第一卷（选择题）
第一部分 英语知识运用（共三节，满分50分）
第一节 语音知识（共5小题；每小题1分，满分5分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，找出其划线部分与所给单词的划线部分读音相同的选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：have
A. gave B. save C. hat D. made
答案是C
1. July
A. diary B. energy C. reply D. daily
2. medicine
A. twice B. medical C. perfect D. clinic
3. seize
A. neighbour B. weigh C. eight D. receive
4. determine
A. remind B. minister C. smile D. tidy
5. exist
A. experience B. examine C. excite D. explode
第二节 语法和词汇知识（共15小题；每小题1分，满分15分）
从A、B、C、D四个选项中，选出可以入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
例：It is generally considered unwise to give a child he or she wants.
A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever
答案是B。
6. It is often that human beings are naturally equipped to speak.
A. said B. to say C. saying D. being said
7. Charles was alone at home, with looking after him.
A. someone B. anyone C. not one D. no one
8. Progress so far very good and we are sure that the work will
be finished on time.
A. was B. had been C. has been D. will be
9. The children loved their day trip, and they enjoyed the horse
ride .
A. most B. more C. less D. little
10. All the dishes in this menu, otherwise stated, will serve two
to three people.
A. as B. if C. though D. unless
11. I’m sure that your letter will get attention. They know you’re
waiting for the reply.
A. continued B. immediate C. careful D. general
12. The CDs are on sale! Buy one and you get completely free.
A. other B. others C. one D. ones
13. Jenny nearly missed the flight doing too much shopping.
A. as a result of B. on top of C. in front of D. in need of
14. What I need is book that contains ABC of oil painting.
A. a; 不填 B. the; 不填 C. the; an D. a ; the
15. If you leave the club, you will not be back in .
A. received B. admitted C. turned D. moved
16. They use computers to keep the traffic smoothly.
A. being run B. run C. to run D. running
17. My friend showed me round the town, was very kind of him.
A. which B. that C. where D. it
18. It’s high time you had your hair cut ; it’s getting .
A. too much long B. much too long
C. long too much D. too long much
19. —— Do you mind my opening the window? It’s a bit hot in here.
—— , as a matter of fact
A. Go ahead B. Yes, my pleasure
C. Yes, I do D. Come on
20. I can’t leave. She told me that I stay here until she comes
back.
A. can B. must C. will D. may
第三节 完形填空 （共20小题；每小题1. 5分，满分30分）
阅读下面短文，从短文后各题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出可以填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
One of my father’s favorite sayings as I was growing up was “Try
it!” I couldn’t say I didn’t like 21 , whatever it might be, 22
I tried it. Over the years I’ve come to 23 how much of my success
I owe to my 24 of those words as one of my values. My 25 job was
just one I decided to try for a couple of years until I 26 what
I want to do as a career（职业）. 27 I believed I would work for a few
years, get married, stay home and raise a family, so I didn’t think
the job I took 28 that much. I couldn’t have been more 29 . I mastered
the skills of that beginning level position and I was given the
opportunity（机会）to 30 through the company into different 31 . I accepted
each new opportunity with the 32 ,”Well, I’ll try it; if I don’t
like it I can always go back to my 33 position. ” But I was with
the same company for the past 28 years, and I’ve 34 every career
change I’ve made. I’ve discovered I 35 a large number of different
talents（才能）and skills that I never would have thought were within
me had it not been for my being 36 trying new opportunities. I’ve
also discovered that if I 37 what I’m doing and work hard at achieving
my 38 . I will succeed. That’s why I’m so 39 to be a part of CareerFables.
com. I think 40 has come and I am determined to make it a success.
21. A. everything B. something C. everybody D. somebody
22. A. until after B. ever since C. so that D. long before
23. A. consider B. argue C. include D. realize
24. A. suggestion B. explanation C. acceptance D. discussion
25. A. hard B. best C. extra D. first
26. A. determined B. examined C. experienced D. introduced
27. A. Actually B. Gradually C. Finally D. Usually
28. A. helped B. required C. expressed D. mattered
29. A. careful B. mistaken C. interested D. prepared
30. A. look up B. take up C. move up D. put up
31. A. situations B. choices C. directions D. positions
32. A. thought B. reply C. action D. advice
33. A. easier B. newer C. earlier D. higher
34. A. permitted B. counted C. organized D. enjoyed
35. A. show B. possess C. need D. gather
36. A. lucky for B. slow at C. open to D. afraid of
37. A. think of B. give away C. believe in D. turn into
38. A. business B. goal C. fortune D. growth
39. A. excited B. curious C. surprised D. helpful
40. A. dream B. time C. power D. honor
二部分 阅读理解 （共25小题。第一节每小题2分，第二节每小题1分；满分45分）
第一节 阅读下列短文 ， 从每题所给的四个选项（A、B、C和D）中，选出最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。
A
I know what you’re thinking : pizza （比萨饼）? For breakfast? But the
truth is that you can have last night’s leftovers in the a. m. if
you want to
I know lots of women who skip breakfast （不吃早餐） , and they have a
ton of different excuses for doing it . Some say they don’t have
time. others think they’re “saving” calories （卡路里）, still others
just don’t like breakfast food .
But the bottom line is that eating in the morning is very important
when you’re trying to lose weight. “Eating just about anything from
300 to 400 calories would be better than nothing at all,” says Katherine
Brooking , R , D , who developed the super-easy eating plan for
this year’s “SELF CHALLENGE”. And even pizza can be healthy if it’s
loaded with vegetables, and you stick to one small piece.
Breakfast is one meal I never miss, and the same goes for most weight
loss success stories. Research shows that eating breakfast keeps
you from overeating later in the day. Researchers at the University
of Southem California found that breakfast skippers have a bigger
chance of gaining weight than those who regularly have a morning
meal.
So eat something in the morning, anything. I know plenty of friends
who end up having no breakfast altogether, and have just coffee
or orange juice. I say, try heating up last night’s leftovers-it
may sound crazy, but if it works for you, do it! I find if I tell
myself, “You can always eat it tomorrow,” I put away the leftovers
instead of eating more that night. Try it…you may save yourself
some pre-bedtime calories. And watch your body gain the fat-burning
effects.
41. The word “leftovers” in Paragraph 1 probably means__________.
A. food remaining after a meal B. things left undone
C. meals made of vegetables D. pizza topped with fruit
42. What can we infer from the text?
A. Working women usually have breakfast in a hurry.
B. Many people have wrong ideas about breakfast.
C. There are some easy ways of cooking a meal.
D. Eating vegetables helps save energy.
43. According to the last paragraph, it is important to____________.
A. eat something for breakfast B. be careful about what you eat
C. heat up food before eating it D. eat calorie-controlled food
44. The text is written mainly for those_____________.
A. who go to work early B. who want to lose weight
C. who stay up late D. who eat before sleep
B
Having a husband means an extra seven hours of housework each week
for women, according to a new study. For men, getting married saves
an hour of housework a week. “It’s a well-known pattern,” said lead
researcher Frank Stafford at University of Michigan’s Institute
for Social Research. “Men usually work more outside the home, while
women take on more of the housework.”
He points out that differences among households（家庭）exist. But in
general, marriage means more housework for women and less for men.
“And the situation gets worse for women when they have children,”
Stafford said.
Overall, times are changing in the American home. In 1976, women
busied themselves with 26 weekly hours of sweeping-and-dusting work,
compared with 17 hours in 2005. Men are taking on more housework,
more than doubling their housework hours from six in 1976 to 13
in 2005.
Single women in their 20s and 30s did the least housework, about
12 weekly hours, while married women in their 60s and 70s did the
most-about 21 hours a week.
Men showed a somewhat different pattern, with older men picking
up the broom more often than younger men. Single men worked the
hardest around the house, more than that of all other age groups
of married men.
Having children increases housework even further. With more than
three children, for example, wives took on more of the extra work,
clocking about 28 hours a week compared with husbands’10 hours.
45. According to the “well-known pattern” in Paragraph 1, a married
man___________.
A. takes on heavier work B. does more housework
C. is the main breadwinner D. is the master of the house
46. How many hours of housework did men do every week in the 1970s?
A. About 23. B. About 26.
C. About 13. D. About y.
47. What kind of man is doing most housework according to the text?
A. An unmarried man. B. An older married man.
C. A younger married man. D. A married man with children.
48. What can we conclude from Stafford’s research?
A. Marriage gives men more freedom.
B. Marriage has effects on job choices.
C. Housework sharing changes over time.
D. Having children means doubled housework.
C
GUATEMALA CITY （Reuters） – A fish that lives in mangrove swamps（红树沼泽）across
the Americas can live out of water for months at a time, similar
to how animals adapted（适应）to land millions of years ago, a new study
shows.
The Magrove Rivulus, a type of small killifish, lives in small pools
of water in a certain type of empty nut or even old beer cans in
the mangrove swamps of Belize, the United States and Brazil. When
their living place dries up, they live on the land in logs（圆木），said
Scott Taylor, a researcher at the Brevard Endangered Lands Program
in Florida.
The fish, whose scientific name is Rivulus marmoratus, can grow
as large as three inches. They group together in logs and breathe
air through their skin until they can find water again.
The new scientific discovery came after a trip to Belize.
“We kicked over a log and the fish just came crowding out,” Taylor
told Reuters in neighboring Guatgemala by telephone. He said he
will make his study on the fish known to the public in an American
magazine early next year.
In lab tests, Taylor said he found the fish can live up to 66 days
out of water without eating.
Some other fish can live out of water for a short period of time.
The walking catfish found in Southeast Asia can stay on land for
hours at time, while lungfish found in Australia, Africa and South
America can live out of water, but only in an inactive state. But
no other known fish can be out of water as long as the Mangrove
Rivulus and remain active, according to Patricia Wright, a biologist
at Canada’s University of Guelph.
Further studies of the fish may tell how animals changed over time.
“These animals live in conditions similar to those that existed
millions of years ago, when animals began making the transition（过渡）from
water onto land,” Wright said.
49. The Mangrove Rivulus is a type of fish that _______.
A. likes eating nuts
B. prefers living in dry places
C. is the longest living fish on earth
D. can stay alive for two months out of water
50. Who will write up a report on Mangrove Rivulus?
A. Patricia Wright B. Researchers in Guatemala
C. Scientists from Belize D. Scott Taylor
51. According to the text, lungfish can________
A. breathe through its skin
B. move freely on dry land
C. remain alive out of water
D. be as active on land as in water
52. What can we say about the discovery of Mangrove Rivulus?
A. It was made quite by accident
B. It was based on a lab test of sea life
C. It was supported by an American magazine
D. It was helped by Patricia Wright
D
The American newspaper has been around for about three hundred years.
In 1721, the printer James Franklin. Benjamin's older brother, started
the New England Courant, and that was what we might recognize today
as a real newspaper. He filled his paper with stories of adventure,
articles on art, on famous people, and on all sorts of political
subjects.
Three centuries after the appearance of Franklin's Courant. few
believe that newspapers in their present printed form will remain
alive for long Newspaper complies are losing advertisers （广告商）,
readers, market value. and. in some cases, their sense of purpose
at a speed that would not have been imaginable just several years
ago The chief editor （主编） of the times said recently, "At places
where they gather, editors ask one another, 'How are you?', as if
they have just come out of the hospital or a lost law came. “An
article about the newspaper appeared on the website of the Guardian,
under the headline “NOT DEAD YET.”
perhaps not, but the rise of the Internet which has made the daily
newspaper look slow and out of step with the world, has brought
about a real sense of death. Some American newspapers have lost
42% of their market value in the past thee years The New York Times
Company has seen its stock （股票） drop by 54% since the end of 2004,
with much of the loss coming in the past year A manager at Deutsche
Bank suggested that stock-holders sell off their Times stock The
Washington Post Comply has prevented the trouble only by changing
part of its business to education its testing and test-preparation
service now brings in at least half the company's income.
53. What can we learn about the New England Curran?
A. It is mainly about the stock market.
B. It marks the beginning of the American newspaper.
C. It remains a successful newspaper in America.
D. It comes articles by political leaders.
54. What can we infer about the newspaper editors?
A. They often accept readers' suggestions
B. They care a lot about each other's health.
C. They stop doing business with advertisers.
D. They face great difficulties in their business.
55. Which of the following found a new way for its development?
A. The Washington Post B. The Guardian
C. The New York Times. D. New England Courant
56. How does the author seem to feel about the future of newspapers?
A. Satisfied B. Hopeful
C. Worried D. Surprised
E
It's only 4 hours flying time from Sydney, but a world away. What
better place to rest than a country where the only place people
hurry is on the football field and things are done in "Fiji
time"?
Viti Lev-Great Fiji-is the largest island. Here you'll find the
capital Suva and the international airport at Nadi Vatoa, on the
other hand, is a tiny island in the farthest part of Hiji. Then
there are 331 other islands, many of them with places to stay.
With less than a million people living on islands, you'll never
feel crowded And with a climate（气候）that changes only for five degrees
between seasons, there’s never a bad time to come.
From cities to villages, from mountains to beaches, from water sports
to wooden artworks, Fiji can give you more adventures and special
experiences than you could find almost any where in the world.
Whenever you come , wherever you go ,you’re sure to see some unforgettable
events , From war dances to religious （宗教的） songs. From market days
to religious days. It's not just staged for tourists; it's still
a part of everyday life in Fiji And any one of us can enjoy Fiji's
spirit by being part of the traditional （传统的） sharing of yaqona—a
drink made from the root of a Fiji plant
So why not join us for the experience of a lifetime?
57. Where is the international airport of Fiji?
A. In Suva B. In Sydney C. On the island of Vatoa D. On the island
of Viti Levu
58. What does the text tell us about Fijian people ?
A. They invented “Fiji time” for visitors
B. They stick to a traditional way of lift
C. They like to travel from place to place
D. They love taking adventures abroad
59. One of the things that make Fiji a tourist attraction is
A. its comfortable hotels
B. its good weather all year round
C. its exciting football matches
D. its religious beliefs
60. Where can we most probably read this text?
A. In a personal diary B. In a science report
C. In a travel magazine D. In a geography textbook
第二节 根据对话内容，从对话后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项，并在答题卡上将该项涂黑。选项中有两项为多余选项。
—Debbie！I can’t believe it！I haven’t seen you for ages.
—Dorothy！it’s really a nice surprise！61
—pretty good.
—62
—I wish I could. But I’m on my way out. I have to be in the city
in an hour.
—63
—there’s a lot of traffic and I really have to get going. You know
where I live — why don’t you drop in one evening?
— I’ll do that. 64 let’s keep in touch.
— I’d really like to. I’ll talk to you soon, Debbie. I’m glad I
ran into you.
— 65
A. take care.
B. How are you?
C. Where have you been?
D. Can you join me?
E. Come on. Just for a minute.
F. And you should feel free to call or visit me.
G. It’s been a whole year since we saw each other last time.
第二卷（非选择题）
第三部分 写作（共三节，满分55分）
第一节 单词拼写（共10小题；每小题1分，满分10分）
根据下列句子及所给汉语注释，在答题卡相应的位置上写出空缺处各单词的正确形式（每空只写一词）
66. On （平均），people who don’t smoke are healthier than people who
do.
67. For a goalkeeper. It’s a great （优势）to have big hands.
68. Many of his finest pictures are （悬挂）in the National museum.
69. Sydney wants to become a （律师）in the future.
70. He （按下）the button and the doorbell rang.
71. Farmers are reporting a very big （收成）this year.
72. I washed and （剃须）, then hurried out of the house.
73. John missed the game because of （幼儿园）in September.
74. The old lady needs a few feather （枕头）to make herself comfortable.
第二节 短文改错（共10小题；每小题1. 5分，满分15分）
此题要求改正所给短文中的错误。如有错误（每行只有一个错误），如无错误，在答题卡相应的位置上画一个勾（√）；如有错误（每行只有一个错误），则按下列情况改正；
此行多一个词：把多余的词写在答题卡相应的位置上，用斜线（﹨）划掉。
此行缺一个词：在答题卡相应的位置上写出该加的词，并附带前（后）词。
此行错一个词：在答题卡相应的位置上写出该错词和改正后的词。
注意：原行没有错的不用改。
Hi Susan.
I’m sorry that I wasn’t able to return to your 76
bike on time yesterday. I mean to give it 77
back to you before four in the afternoon，and I 78
was hold up on my way back. Just before I 79
turned corner of park street. I happened to 80
see an accident. A little girl was hurt and her 81
mother needed help. So I helped them going to 82
the nearest hospital. I stayed here for one and 83
a half hour and made sure that the girl was all 84
hope you understand. 85
Thank you!
Li Ling
第三节 书面表达（满分30分）
假定你是李华，你的美国朋友sarah 打算暑期来北京旅游，来信询问改建后前门大街的情况。请你写封回信，简单介绍以下内容：
1. 简况：长800余米、600多年历史、300余家商铺；
2. 位置：天安门广场南面；
3. 交通：公共汽车17、69、59等路，地铁2号线；
4. 特色：步行街、当当车、茶馆、剧院等。
参考词汇：步行街 pedestrian street
当当车 trolley car
地铁 subway
注意：
1. 词数100左右；
2. 可以适当增加细节，以使行文连贯；
3. 开头语已为你写好，请将完整的回信书写在答题卡上。
Dear sarah.
Thank you for you letter asking about the rebuilt Qianmen street.
Here is something about it.
参考答案
1 C 2 A 3 D 4 B 5 B 6 A 7 D 8 C 9 A 10 D
11 B 12 C 13 A 14 D 15 B 16 D 17 A 18 B 19 C 20 B
21 B 22 A 23 D 24 C 25 D 26 A 27 A 28 D 29 B 30 C
31 D 32 A 33 C 34 D 35 B 36 C 37 C 38 B 39 A 40 B
第二部分
41 A 42 B 43 A 44 B 45 C 46 D 47 A 48 C 49 D 50 D
51 C 52 A 53 B 54 D 55 A 56 C 57 D 58 B 59 B 60 C
61 B 62 D 63 E 64 F 65 A
第三部分：第一节
66 average 67 advantage 68 hung 69 lawyer
70 pressed/pushed 71 harvest 72 shaved 73 stomach
74 kindergarten 75 pillows
》》高考真题单词使用解析
喜欢英语和音乐的朋友，欢迎访问我们的钢琴网www.pianoweb.cn
和游四方网www.you4fang.cn
|
英语学习专题
BBC
英语
BT
英语资源下载
VOA
英语
爱情格言名言
奥运英语
澳大利亚社会文化背景
城市景点英文介绍
出国留学签证及技巧
出国留学文书写作
初中英语教学论文
春节英文短信祝福语
儿童童谣歌曲
儿童英语教学
儿童英语童话故事
疯狂英语
高考英语复习
高考英语真题及答案
高考真题单词使用解析
高考真题单词使用解析
高中英语教学论文
记忆英语单词方法
加拿大社会文化背景
剑桥少儿英语
考研英语翻译
考研英语听力口语
考研英语真题及答案1980-2011
考研英语心得体会
考研英语阅读理解
考研英语阅读真题解析
考研英语作文
赖世雄英语
留学移民签证指导
每日英语
美国社会文化背景
沛沛英语
汽车英语词汇
千万别学英语
如何/怎样学好英语
如何打英语电话
如何申请国外奖学金
如何提高英语口语
如何提高英语听力
如何同外国人交流
如何写英文电子邮件
如何选购英语学习图书
如何选择英语培训机构
如何学大学英语
如何自学英语
如何做英文陈述报告
商务英语范文/范例
世界著名城市英文介绍
托福考试技巧心得
GRE考试技巧心得
玩游戏学英语
外贸经济合同英文写作
我是如何通过签证的
我学英语经验方法
我在国外的经历
我在外企的工作经历
小学英语教学论文
现代大学英语精读教案
新东方英语
新概念英语
新视野大学英语
新西兰社会文化背景
许国璋英语
学英语口诀窍门
雅思考试技巧心得语
洋话连篇
英美文学论文
英国社会文化背景
英文听力mp3下载
英文地名
英文个人简历
英文合同及范文
英文求职信
英文人名
英文名著
英文申请信
英文推荐信
英文招聘广告范文
英语/英文面试
英语900百句
英语爱情诗歌歌词
英语被动语态
英语标点符号用法
英语标识提示语
英语不定代词
英语不可数名词
英语词汇教学
英语单词记忆法实例
英语倒装句
英语导游
英语定语从句
英语独立主格结构
英语短语和搭配
英语词语来源/故事
英语翻译技巧方法
英语翻译教学
英语翻译论文
英语非谓语动词
英语否定形式
英语关联词/过渡词
英语冠词的用法
英语教案格式和范例
英语教学法
英语介词用法
英语句型教学
英语句型句式
英语和汉语的比较
英语课堂用语
英语口语技巧方法
英语口语教学
英语口语句型
英语连词
英语连系动词
英语六级考试词汇
英语六级考试经验心得
英语六级考试听力口语
英语六级考试作文写作
英语六级阅读理解
英语论文格式及写作
英语论文选题
英语名词复数形式
英语名词性从句
英语强调句
英语情态动词
英语商务谈判
英语时态用法
英语数字的表达
英语四级考试词汇
英语四级考试真题&详解
英语四级考试经验心得
英语四级考试完形填空
英语四级听力口语
英语四级阅读理解
英语四级作文写作
英语听力技巧方法
英语听力教学
英语同义近义词辨析
英语外来词语
英语写作技巧方法
英语写作教学
英语形容词副词比较级
英语虚拟语气
英语语言学文学笔记
英语语法教学
英语语法与教学术语
英语语言文化论文
英语语音/发音
英语语音教学
英语阅读技巧方法
英语阅读教学
英语在线听力资源
英语主谓一致
英语助动词
英语专业考研及试题
英语专有名词
英语状语从句
英语自我介绍及范文
英语作文范文
音乐英语词汇术语
幼儿/儿童学英语
幼儿英语教案
幼儿英语教学
在线英语测试
在线英语词典/字典
在线英语翻译
中国小吃菜名英文说法
中考英语复习
中西文化的差异
中小学英语学习资料
钟道隆逆向英语法
走遍美国
>>更多英语学习专题
|
